ControlLogix® Battery Module · Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 Installation Instructions. ControlLogix® Battery Module. Catalog Number: 1756-BATM. Before You Begin
32
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 Installation Instructions ControlLogix® Battery Module Catalog Number: 1756-BATM Before You Begin Use this document to install a ControlLogix® Battery Module: • You can use a battery module only with the following controllers: – 1756-L55Mxx controller – 1756-L61, -L62, or -L63 controller • You can install only one battery module per controller. IMPORTANT Installation instructions ship with each component. If you want other documentation, you must order it separately. Refer to Additional Manuals on page 31.
Before You BeginUse this document to install a ControlLogixreg Battery Module
bull You can use a battery module only with the following controllers
ndash 1756-L55Mxx controller
ndash 1756-L61 -L62 or -L63 controller
bull You can install only one battery module per controller
IMPORTANT Installation instructions ship with each component If
you want other documentation you must order it
separately Refer to Additional Manuals on page 31
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
2 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Important User Information
Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls (Publication SGI-11 available from your local Rockwell Automation sales office or online at httpwwwabcommanualsgi) describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard-wired electromechanical devices Because of this difference and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable
In no event will Rockwell Automation Inc be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment
The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation Rockwell Automation Inc cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams
No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation Inc with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual
Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of Rockwell Automation Inc is prohibited
Throughout this manual we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations
WARNING Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss
ATTENTION
Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you
bull identify a hazardbull avoid a hazardbull recognize the consequence
IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product
SHOCK HAZARD Labels may be located on or inside the drive to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 3
Repeated electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the
module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical
resistance that can affect module operation
WARNING When you insert or remove the module while
backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This
could cause an explosion in hazardous location
installations Be sure that power is removed or the area
is nonhazardous before proceeding
ATTENTION
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
This equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge
which can cause internal damage and affect normal
operation Follow these guidelines when you handle
this equipment
bull Touch a grounded object to discharge potential
static
bull Wear an approved grounding wriststrap
bull Do not touch connectors or pins on component
boards
bull Do not touch circuit components inside the
equipment
bull If available use a static-safe workstation
bull When not in use store the equipment in
appropriate static-safe packaging
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
4 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Equipment that You NeedThe equipment that you need to install the battery module depends on how
you mount the module You have these options
bull Mount the Battery Module Directly to a Panel
bull Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail
Mount the Battery Module Directly to a Panel
To mount the battery module directly to a panel you need the following
equipment
bull 2 phillips screwdriver
bull drill
bull screws and washers
Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail
To mount the battery module to a DIN rail you need the following
equipment
bull 2 phillips screwdriver
For this You need
Quantity Description
top mounting tabs 2 M4 or M5 (10 or 12) phillips screw
2 flat washer
2 split lock washer
bottom mounting tab
1 M4 or M5 (10 or 12) phillips screw or SEM screw (phillips screw with attached star washer)
1 star washer (not required for SEM screws)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 5
What You Need to DoBefore you install a battery module do these preliminary tasks
Install a ControlLogix chassis according to the ControlLogix Chassis
Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN080
Install a ControlLogix power supply according to the
corresponding installation instructions
Install this power supply According to this publication
1756-PA72 ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-567
1756-PB72
1756-PA75 ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-578
1756-PB75
1756-PA75R bull ControlLogix Redundant Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN573
Install a ControlLogix controller according to the ControlLogix
Controller and Memory Board Installation Instructions publication
1756-IN101
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
6 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
To install a battery module do these tasks
Make Sure that You Have All the Components
Select a Location for the Module
Select a Mounting Option
Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail
Mount the Battery Module Directly to a Panel
Attach the Cable to the Controller
Install the Battery Assembly
Check the BAT LED
Estimate Battery Life
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 7
Make Sure that You Have All the ComponentsThe 1756-BATM battery module includes these components
Component Description
battery module
The cable is already attached to the module The cable includes a ferrite core for noise suppression The ferrite core is close to the end of the cable
1756-BATA battery assembly
battery label
universal mounting brackets
screws for the universal mounting brackets
DIN rail locks
31298
31325
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
8 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Select a Location for the ModuleMount the battery module as follows
ge 51 cm (20 in)
ge 51 cm
(20 in)
ge 51 cm (20 in)
ge 51 cm (20 in)
OK to mount next to each other
1 m cable connects battery module to controllerMount below the chassis if
possible This minimizes the temperature of the module and prolongs the life of the battery assembly
On a horizontal panel mount the module with the door facing up
ge 76 cm (30 in)
Leave space to remove the battery assembly
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 9
Select a Mounting Option
Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail
1 Align the holes on the mounting brackets with the holes on the back
of the battery module
2 Insert and tighten the screws
3 Attach the battery module to the DIN rail
If you want to Then go to page
Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail 9
Mount the Battery Module Directly to a Panel 11
31306-M
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
10 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
4 Attach a DIN rail lock (A-B catalog number 1492-EA35) on each side
of the battery module
5 Ground the battery module to the enclosure
6 Go to ldquoAttach the Cable to the Controllerrdquo on page 14
31330
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 11
Mount the Battery Module Directly to a PanelTo mount the battery module directly to a panel
bull Drill the Mounting Holes
bull Mount the Battery Module
Drill the Mounting Holes
1 Are you installing the battery module above existing components
2 On the panel of the enclosure mark the holes for the mounting tabs
of the battery module Use the template on page 25
3 Drill the holes for the mounting tabs
If Then
Yes Protect the existing components from metal chips that may fall as you drill the mounting holes
No Go to step 2
31301-M
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
12 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Mount the Battery Module
1 To make an electrical connection between the battery module and the
enclosure scrape the paint off the panel of the enclosure
2 Install the hardware for the top mounting tabs
3 Slide the top tabs of the battery module over the screws
31301-M
M4 or M5 (10 or 12) phillips screw flat washer and split lock-washer
31302-M
4 Tighten the screws
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 13
31302-M
5 Install and tighten
the hardware for the
bottom tab
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
14 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Attach the Cable to the Controller
1 Is a 1756-BA1 battery connected to the controller
WARNING An electrical arc can occur when you
bull connect or disconnect the battery
bull connect or disconnect the battery module from
the controller
This could cause an explosion in hazardous location
installations Be sure that power is removed or the area
is nonhazardous before proceeding
For Safety information on the handling of lithium
batteries including handling and disposal of leaking
batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium
Batteries publication AG 5-4
If Then
Yes Go to step 2
No Go to step 3
42964
2 Disconnect the 1756-BA1
battery
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 15
31303 M
31303-M
3 Attach the cable from the battery
module to the controller
to the battery module
top white lead
middle black lead (-)
bottom red lead (+)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
16 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Install the Battery Assembly
ATTENTION
Only install a 1756-BATA battery If you install a
different battery you may damage the controller
IMPORTANT Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
only when you are ready to use it Even if the battery
module is not connected to the controller the battery
assembly begins to discharge once you connect it to the
battery module
31298
1 Remove the door of the
battery module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 17
2 Put the battery assembly into the battery module with the wires facing
outward
3 Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
4 Replace the door of the battery module
WARNING When you connect or disconnect the battery an
electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion
in hazardous location installations Be sure that power
is removed or the area is nonhazardous before
proceeding
For Safety information on the handling of lithium
batteries including handling and disposal of leaking
batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium
Batteries publication AG 5-4
31304-M
no connection
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
18 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
5 Write on the battery label the date that you install the battery
assembly
EXAMPLE7901 Battery was installed on this date
31298
6 Attach the label to the front of the
battery module
7901
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 19
Check the BAT LED
1 Turn on the chassis power
2 Is the BAT LED off
3 Check that the battery module is correctly connected to the controller
4 Check that the battery assembly is correctly connected to the battery
module
5 If the BAT LED remains on install another battery assembly (catalog
1756-BATA)
6 If the BAT LED remains on after you complete step 5 contact your
Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor
If Then
Yes The battery module is correctly installed
No Go to step 3
31303-M
BAT LED
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
20 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Estimate Battery LifeWhen the battery is about 50 percent discharged the controller provides the
following warnings
bull On the front of the controller the BAT LED turns on (solid red)
bull A minor fault occurs (type 10 code 10)
To estimate how long the battery will support the memory of the controller
1 Determine the temperature (deg C) 1 in below the battery module
2 Determine the percentage of time that the controller is powered off
per week
4 Using ldquoTable 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA
batteryrdquo on page 21 determine the estimated worst-case battery life
before and after the BAT LED turns on
5 For each year of battery life decrease the time before the BAT LED
turns on by the percentage that is shown in the table (Do not
decrease the time after the BAT LED turns on)
EXAMPLE If a controller is off
bull 8 hrday during a 5-day work week
bull all day Saturday and Sunday
Then the controller is off 52 of the time
1 total hours per week = 7 x 24 +168 hours
2 total off hours per week = (5 days x 8 hrday) +
Saturday + Sunday = 88 hours
3 percentage off time = 88168 = 52
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 21
IMPORTANT If the BAT LED turns on when you apply power to the
controller the battery life may be less then the table
below indicates Some of the battery life may have been
used up while the controller was off and unable to turn
on the BAT LED
Table 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA battery
Controller Temp Time before BAT LED turns on Time after BAT LED turns on and then power off 100
Power off 100
Power off 50
Yearly decrease
1756-L55M12
1756-L55M13
60deg C 190 days 396 days 11 190 days
25deg C 299 days 562 days 5 299 days
0deg C 268 days 562 days 6 268 days
1756-L55M14 60deg C 130 days 270 days 11 139 days
25deg C 213 days 391 days 5 228 days
0deg C 180 days 381 days 6 193 days
1756-L55M16 60deg C 71 days 160 days 13 76 days
25deg C 133 days 253 days 5 142 days
0deg C 105 days 220 days 6 112 days
1756-L55M221756-L55M23
Use the values for the 1756-L55M13 controller
1756-L55M24 Use the values for the 1756-L55M14 controller
1756-L61
1756-L621756-L63
60deg C 98 days 204 days 11 104 days
25deg C 146 days 268 days 5 157 days
0deg C 105 days 222 days 6 113 days
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
22 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Specifications
Description Value
Supply Power input power 15 mA max 51V dc
output power 20 mA max 36V dc
Maximum Continuous Discharge Current
20 mA
Operating Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)
bull 0deg to 60deg C (32 to 140deg F)
Storage Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Un-packaged Non-operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Un-packaged Non-operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Un-packaged Non-operating Thermal Shock)
bull le30degC (86degF)
Relative Humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Un-packaged Non-operating Damp Heat)
operating 5 to 95 non-condensing
storage le30
Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)bull 2g 10-500Hz
Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
30g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 23
Non-Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
50g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Emissions CISPR 11bull Group 1 Class A
ESD Immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 6kV contact dischargesbull 8kV air discharges
Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 80MHz
to 2000MHz
Enclosure Type Rating None (open-style)
Cable 1 m
category 3(1)
Replacement Battery Assembly
1756-BATA (10g lithium)
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
24 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Certifications
(when product is marked)
UR UL Recognized Component Industrial Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations
CE(2) European Union 89336EEC EMC Directive compliant with
bull EN 50082-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61326 MeasControlLab
Industrial Requirementsbull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial
Emissions
C-Tick(2) Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with
bull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions
EEx(2) European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with
bull EN 50021 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection ldquonrdquo (Zone 2)
(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication 1770-41 ldquoIndustrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelinesrdquo
(2) See the Product Certification link at wwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 25
Mounting TemplateCut out the following template and use it to mark the holes for the mounting
tabs of the battery module
31299
Top
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
26 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 27
Dimensions
729 mm(287 in)
749 mm(295 in)
Oslash 55 mmOslash (0217 in)
2x R28 mm2x R(011 in)
376 mm(148 in)
937 mm (369 in)
1057 mm(416 in)
531 mm(209 in)
109 mm(043 in)
31300
742 mm(292 in)
864 mm(340 in)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
28 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Environment and Enclosure Information
ATTENTION
Environment and Enclosure
This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating
This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance
This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications
See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 (Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines) for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 29
European Hazardous Location Approval
European Zone 2 Certification
This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as
defined by European Union Directive 949EC
The LCIE (Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques) certifies that
this equipment has been found to comply with the Essential Health and
Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3
equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in
Annex II to this Directive The examination and test results are recorded in
confidential report No 28 682 010
Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been
assured by compliance with EN 50021
IMPORTANT bull This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation
bull The secondary of a current transformer shall not be open-circuited when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull Equipment of lesser Enclosure Type Rating must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley
bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
30 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations
Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux
Products marked ldquoCL I DIV 2 GP A B C Drdquo are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest ldquoTrdquo number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation
Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent qursquoagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque drsquoidentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons drsquoeacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de lrsquoinstallation
WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARDbull Do not disconnect
equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous
bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product
bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2
bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous
AVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSIONbull Couper le courant ou
srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement
bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit
bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2
bull Srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 31
Additional ManualsThis product has the following manuals
bull Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001
bull Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication
1756-RM003
bull ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756-UM001
If you want to Then
view a manual Visit either of these locations
bull wwwabcommanuals
bull wwwtheautomationbookstorecom
download a manual
purchase a printed manual
Use one of these options
bull contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative
bull visit wwwtheautomationbookstorecom and place an order
bull call 8009639548 (USACanada) or 0013207251574 (outside USACanada)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Black amp White Printing
Color Printing
Color Printing
2 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Important User Information
Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls (Publication SGI-11 available from your local Rockwell Automation sales office or online at httpwwwabcommanualsgi) describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard-wired electromechanical devices Because of this difference and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable
In no event will Rockwell Automation Inc be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment
The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation Rockwell Automation Inc cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams
No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation Inc with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual
Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of Rockwell Automation Inc is prohibited
Throughout this manual we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations
WARNING Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss
ATTENTION
Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you
bull identify a hazardbull avoid a hazardbull recognize the consequence
IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product
SHOCK HAZARD Labels may be located on or inside the drive to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 3
Repeated electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the
module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical
resistance that can affect module operation
WARNING When you insert or remove the module while
backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This
could cause an explosion in hazardous location
installations Be sure that power is removed or the area
is nonhazardous before proceeding
ATTENTION
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
This equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge
which can cause internal damage and affect normal
operation Follow these guidelines when you handle
this equipment
bull Touch a grounded object to discharge potential
static
bull Wear an approved grounding wriststrap
bull Do not touch connectors or pins on component
boards
bull Do not touch circuit components inside the
equipment
bull If available use a static-safe workstation
bull When not in use store the equipment in
appropriate static-safe packaging
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
4 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Equipment that You NeedThe equipment that you need to install the battery module depends on how
you mount the module You have these options
bull Mount the Battery Module Directly to a Panel
bull Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail
Mount the Battery Module Directly to a Panel
To mount the battery module directly to a panel you need the following
equipment
bull 2 phillips screwdriver
bull drill
bull screws and washers
Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail
To mount the battery module to a DIN rail you need the following
equipment
bull 2 phillips screwdriver
For this You need
Quantity Description
top mounting tabs 2 M4 or M5 (10 or 12) phillips screw
2 flat washer
2 split lock washer
bottom mounting tab
1 M4 or M5 (10 or 12) phillips screw or SEM screw (phillips screw with attached star washer)
1 star washer (not required for SEM screws)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 5
What You Need to DoBefore you install a battery module do these preliminary tasks
Install a ControlLogix chassis according to the ControlLogix Chassis
Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN080
Install a ControlLogix power supply according to the
corresponding installation instructions
Install this power supply According to this publication
1756-PA72 ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-567
1756-PB72
1756-PA75 ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-578
1756-PB75
1756-PA75R bull ControlLogix Redundant Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN573
Install a ControlLogix controller according to the ControlLogix
Controller and Memory Board Installation Instructions publication
1756-IN101
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
6 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
To install a battery module do these tasks
Make Sure that You Have All the Components
Select a Location for the Module
Select a Mounting Option
Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail
Mount the Battery Module Directly to a Panel
Attach the Cable to the Controller
Install the Battery Assembly
Check the BAT LED
Estimate Battery Life
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 7
Make Sure that You Have All the ComponentsThe 1756-BATM battery module includes these components
Component Description
battery module
The cable is already attached to the module The cable includes a ferrite core for noise suppression The ferrite core is close to the end of the cable
1756-BATA battery assembly
battery label
universal mounting brackets
screws for the universal mounting brackets
DIN rail locks
31298
31325
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
8 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Select a Location for the ModuleMount the battery module as follows
ge 51 cm (20 in)
ge 51 cm
(20 in)
ge 51 cm (20 in)
ge 51 cm (20 in)
OK to mount next to each other
1 m cable connects battery module to controllerMount below the chassis if
possible This minimizes the temperature of the module and prolongs the life of the battery assembly
On a horizontal panel mount the module with the door facing up
ge 76 cm (30 in)
Leave space to remove the battery assembly
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 9
Select a Mounting Option
Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail
1 Align the holes on the mounting brackets with the holes on the back
of the battery module
2 Insert and tighten the screws
3 Attach the battery module to the DIN rail
If you want to Then go to page
Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail 9
Mount the Battery Module Directly to a Panel 11
31306-M
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
10 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
4 Attach a DIN rail lock (A-B catalog number 1492-EA35) on each side
of the battery module
5 Ground the battery module to the enclosure
6 Go to ldquoAttach the Cable to the Controllerrdquo on page 14
31330
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 11
Mount the Battery Module Directly to a PanelTo mount the battery module directly to a panel
bull Drill the Mounting Holes
bull Mount the Battery Module
Drill the Mounting Holes
1 Are you installing the battery module above existing components
2 On the panel of the enclosure mark the holes for the mounting tabs
of the battery module Use the template on page 25
3 Drill the holes for the mounting tabs
If Then
Yes Protect the existing components from metal chips that may fall as you drill the mounting holes
No Go to step 2
31301-M
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
12 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Mount the Battery Module
1 To make an electrical connection between the battery module and the
enclosure scrape the paint off the panel of the enclosure
2 Install the hardware for the top mounting tabs
3 Slide the top tabs of the battery module over the screws
31301-M
M4 or M5 (10 or 12) phillips screw flat washer and split lock-washer
31302-M
4 Tighten the screws
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 13
31302-M
5 Install and tighten
the hardware for the
bottom tab
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
14 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Attach the Cable to the Controller
1 Is a 1756-BA1 battery connected to the controller
WARNING An electrical arc can occur when you
bull connect or disconnect the battery
bull connect or disconnect the battery module from
the controller
This could cause an explosion in hazardous location
installations Be sure that power is removed or the area
is nonhazardous before proceeding
For Safety information on the handling of lithium
batteries including handling and disposal of leaking
batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium
Batteries publication AG 5-4
If Then
Yes Go to step 2
No Go to step 3
42964
2 Disconnect the 1756-BA1
battery
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 15
31303 M
31303-M
3 Attach the cable from the battery
module to the controller
to the battery module
top white lead
middle black lead (-)
bottom red lead (+)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
16 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Install the Battery Assembly
ATTENTION
Only install a 1756-BATA battery If you install a
different battery you may damage the controller
IMPORTANT Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
only when you are ready to use it Even if the battery
module is not connected to the controller the battery
assembly begins to discharge once you connect it to the
battery module
31298
1 Remove the door of the
battery module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 17
2 Put the battery assembly into the battery module with the wires facing
outward
3 Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
4 Replace the door of the battery module
WARNING When you connect or disconnect the battery an
electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion
in hazardous location installations Be sure that power
is removed or the area is nonhazardous before
proceeding
For Safety information on the handling of lithium
batteries including handling and disposal of leaking
batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium
Batteries publication AG 5-4
31304-M
no connection
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
18 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
5 Write on the battery label the date that you install the battery
assembly
EXAMPLE7901 Battery was installed on this date
31298
6 Attach the label to the front of the
battery module
7901
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 19
Check the BAT LED
1 Turn on the chassis power
2 Is the BAT LED off
3 Check that the battery module is correctly connected to the controller
4 Check that the battery assembly is correctly connected to the battery
module
5 If the BAT LED remains on install another battery assembly (catalog
1756-BATA)
6 If the BAT LED remains on after you complete step 5 contact your
Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor
If Then
Yes The battery module is correctly installed
No Go to step 3
31303-M
BAT LED
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
20 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Estimate Battery LifeWhen the battery is about 50 percent discharged the controller provides the
following warnings
bull On the front of the controller the BAT LED turns on (solid red)
bull A minor fault occurs (type 10 code 10)
To estimate how long the battery will support the memory of the controller
1 Determine the temperature (deg C) 1 in below the battery module
2 Determine the percentage of time that the controller is powered off
per week
4 Using ldquoTable 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA
batteryrdquo on page 21 determine the estimated worst-case battery life
before and after the BAT LED turns on
5 For each year of battery life decrease the time before the BAT LED
turns on by the percentage that is shown in the table (Do not
decrease the time after the BAT LED turns on)
EXAMPLE If a controller is off
bull 8 hrday during a 5-day work week
bull all day Saturday and Sunday
Then the controller is off 52 of the time
1 total hours per week = 7 x 24 +168 hours
2 total off hours per week = (5 days x 8 hrday) +
Saturday + Sunday = 88 hours
3 percentage off time = 88168 = 52
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 21
IMPORTANT If the BAT LED turns on when you apply power to the
controller the battery life may be less then the table
below indicates Some of the battery life may have been
used up while the controller was off and unable to turn
on the BAT LED
Table 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA battery
Controller Temp Time before BAT LED turns on Time after BAT LED turns on and then power off 100
Power off 100
Power off 50
Yearly decrease
1756-L55M12
1756-L55M13
60deg C 190 days 396 days 11 190 days
25deg C 299 days 562 days 5 299 days
0deg C 268 days 562 days 6 268 days
1756-L55M14 60deg C 130 days 270 days 11 139 days
25deg C 213 days 391 days 5 228 days
0deg C 180 days 381 days 6 193 days
1756-L55M16 60deg C 71 days 160 days 13 76 days
25deg C 133 days 253 days 5 142 days
0deg C 105 days 220 days 6 112 days
1756-L55M221756-L55M23
Use the values for the 1756-L55M13 controller
1756-L55M24 Use the values for the 1756-L55M14 controller
1756-L61
1756-L621756-L63
60deg C 98 days 204 days 11 104 days
25deg C 146 days 268 days 5 157 days
0deg C 105 days 222 days 6 113 days
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
22 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Specifications
Description Value
Supply Power input power 15 mA max 51V dc
output power 20 mA max 36V dc
Maximum Continuous Discharge Current
20 mA
Operating Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)
bull 0deg to 60deg C (32 to 140deg F)
Storage Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Un-packaged Non-operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Un-packaged Non-operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Un-packaged Non-operating Thermal Shock)
bull le30degC (86degF)
Relative Humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Un-packaged Non-operating Damp Heat)
operating 5 to 95 non-condensing
storage le30
Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)bull 2g 10-500Hz
Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
30g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 23
Non-Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
50g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Emissions CISPR 11bull Group 1 Class A
ESD Immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 6kV contact dischargesbull 8kV air discharges
Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 80MHz
to 2000MHz
Enclosure Type Rating None (open-style)
Cable 1 m
category 3(1)
Replacement Battery Assembly
1756-BATA (10g lithium)
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
24 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Certifications
(when product is marked)
UR UL Recognized Component Industrial Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations
CE(2) European Union 89336EEC EMC Directive compliant with
bull EN 50082-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61326 MeasControlLab
Industrial Requirementsbull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial
Emissions
C-Tick(2) Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with
bull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions
EEx(2) European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with
bull EN 50021 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection ldquonrdquo (Zone 2)
(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication 1770-41 ldquoIndustrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelinesrdquo
(2) See the Product Certification link at wwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 25
Mounting TemplateCut out the following template and use it to mark the holes for the mounting
tabs of the battery module
31299
Top
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
26 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 27
Dimensions
729 mm(287 in)
749 mm(295 in)
Oslash 55 mmOslash (0217 in)
2x R28 mm2x R(011 in)
376 mm(148 in)
937 mm (369 in)
1057 mm(416 in)
531 mm(209 in)
109 mm(043 in)
31300
742 mm(292 in)
864 mm(340 in)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
28 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Environment and Enclosure Information
ATTENTION
Environment and Enclosure
This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating
This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance
This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications
See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 (Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines) for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 29
European Hazardous Location Approval
European Zone 2 Certification
This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as
defined by European Union Directive 949EC
The LCIE (Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques) certifies that
this equipment has been found to comply with the Essential Health and
Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3
equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in
Annex II to this Directive The examination and test results are recorded in
confidential report No 28 682 010
Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been
assured by compliance with EN 50021
IMPORTANT bull This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation
bull The secondary of a current transformer shall not be open-circuited when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull Equipment of lesser Enclosure Type Rating must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley
bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
30 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations
Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux
Products marked ldquoCL I DIV 2 GP A B C Drdquo are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest ldquoTrdquo number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation
Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent qursquoagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque drsquoidentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons drsquoeacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de lrsquoinstallation
WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARDbull Do not disconnect
equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous
bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product
bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2
bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous
AVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSIONbull Couper le courant ou
srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement
bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit
bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2
bull Srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 31
Additional ManualsThis product has the following manuals
bull Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001
bull Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication
1756-RM003
bull ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756-UM001
If you want to Then
view a manual Visit either of these locations
bull wwwabcommanuals
bull wwwtheautomationbookstorecom
download a manual
purchase a printed manual
Use one of these options
bull contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative
bull visit wwwtheautomationbookstorecom and place an order
bull call 8009639548 (USACanada) or 0013207251574 (outside USACanada)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Black amp White Printing
Color Printing
Color Printing
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 3
Repeated electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the
module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical
resistance that can affect module operation
WARNING When you insert or remove the module while
backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This
could cause an explosion in hazardous location
installations Be sure that power is removed or the area
is nonhazardous before proceeding
ATTENTION
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge
This equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge
which can cause internal damage and affect normal
operation Follow these guidelines when you handle
this equipment
bull Touch a grounded object to discharge potential
static
bull Wear an approved grounding wriststrap
bull Do not touch connectors or pins on component
boards
bull Do not touch circuit components inside the
equipment
bull If available use a static-safe workstation
bull When not in use store the equipment in
appropriate static-safe packaging
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
4 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Equipment that You NeedThe equipment that you need to install the battery module depends on how
you mount the module You have these options
bull Mount the Battery Module Directly to a Panel
bull Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail
Mount the Battery Module Directly to a Panel
To mount the battery module directly to a panel you need the following
equipment
bull 2 phillips screwdriver
bull drill
bull screws and washers
Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail
To mount the battery module to a DIN rail you need the following
equipment
bull 2 phillips screwdriver
For this You need
Quantity Description
top mounting tabs 2 M4 or M5 (10 or 12) phillips screw
2 flat washer
2 split lock washer
bottom mounting tab
1 M4 or M5 (10 or 12) phillips screw or SEM screw (phillips screw with attached star washer)
1 star washer (not required for SEM screws)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 5
What You Need to DoBefore you install a battery module do these preliminary tasks
Install a ControlLogix chassis according to the ControlLogix Chassis
Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN080
Install a ControlLogix power supply according to the
corresponding installation instructions
Install this power supply According to this publication
1756-PA72 ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-567
1756-PB72
1756-PA75 ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-578
1756-PB75
1756-PA75R bull ControlLogix Redundant Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN573
Install a ControlLogix controller according to the ControlLogix
Controller and Memory Board Installation Instructions publication
1756-IN101
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
6 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
To install a battery module do these tasks
Make Sure that You Have All the Components
Select a Location for the Module
Select a Mounting Option
Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail
Mount the Battery Module Directly to a Panel
Attach the Cable to the Controller
Install the Battery Assembly
Check the BAT LED
Estimate Battery Life
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 7
Make Sure that You Have All the ComponentsThe 1756-BATM battery module includes these components
Component Description
battery module
The cable is already attached to the module The cable includes a ferrite core for noise suppression The ferrite core is close to the end of the cable
1756-BATA battery assembly
battery label
universal mounting brackets
screws for the universal mounting brackets
DIN rail locks
31298
31325
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
8 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Select a Location for the ModuleMount the battery module as follows
ge 51 cm (20 in)
ge 51 cm
(20 in)
ge 51 cm (20 in)
ge 51 cm (20 in)
OK to mount next to each other
1 m cable connects battery module to controllerMount below the chassis if
possible This minimizes the temperature of the module and prolongs the life of the battery assembly
On a horizontal panel mount the module with the door facing up
ge 76 cm (30 in)
Leave space to remove the battery assembly
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 9
Select a Mounting Option
Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail
1 Align the holes on the mounting brackets with the holes on the back
of the battery module
2 Insert and tighten the screws
3 Attach the battery module to the DIN rail
If you want to Then go to page
Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail 9
Mount the Battery Module Directly to a Panel 11
31306-M
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
10 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
4 Attach a DIN rail lock (A-B catalog number 1492-EA35) on each side
of the battery module
5 Ground the battery module to the enclosure
6 Go to ldquoAttach the Cable to the Controllerrdquo on page 14
31330
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 11
Mount the Battery Module Directly to a PanelTo mount the battery module directly to a panel
bull Drill the Mounting Holes
bull Mount the Battery Module
Drill the Mounting Holes
1 Are you installing the battery module above existing components
2 On the panel of the enclosure mark the holes for the mounting tabs
of the battery module Use the template on page 25
3 Drill the holes for the mounting tabs
If Then
Yes Protect the existing components from metal chips that may fall as you drill the mounting holes
No Go to step 2
31301-M
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
12 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Mount the Battery Module
1 To make an electrical connection between the battery module and the
enclosure scrape the paint off the panel of the enclosure
2 Install the hardware for the top mounting tabs
3 Slide the top tabs of the battery module over the screws
31301-M
M4 or M5 (10 or 12) phillips screw flat washer and split lock-washer
31302-M
4 Tighten the screws
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 13
31302-M
5 Install and tighten
the hardware for the
bottom tab
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
14 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Attach the Cable to the Controller
1 Is a 1756-BA1 battery connected to the controller
WARNING An electrical arc can occur when you
bull connect or disconnect the battery
bull connect or disconnect the battery module from
the controller
This could cause an explosion in hazardous location
installations Be sure that power is removed or the area
is nonhazardous before proceeding
For Safety information on the handling of lithium
batteries including handling and disposal of leaking
batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium
Batteries publication AG 5-4
If Then
Yes Go to step 2
No Go to step 3
42964
2 Disconnect the 1756-BA1
battery
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 15
31303 M
31303-M
3 Attach the cable from the battery
module to the controller
to the battery module
top white lead
middle black lead (-)
bottom red lead (+)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
16 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Install the Battery Assembly
ATTENTION
Only install a 1756-BATA battery If you install a
different battery you may damage the controller
IMPORTANT Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
only when you are ready to use it Even if the battery
module is not connected to the controller the battery
assembly begins to discharge once you connect it to the
battery module
31298
1 Remove the door of the
battery module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 17
2 Put the battery assembly into the battery module with the wires facing
outward
3 Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
4 Replace the door of the battery module
WARNING When you connect or disconnect the battery an
electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion
in hazardous location installations Be sure that power
is removed or the area is nonhazardous before
proceeding
For Safety information on the handling of lithium
batteries including handling and disposal of leaking
batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium
Batteries publication AG 5-4
31304-M
no connection
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
18 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
5 Write on the battery label the date that you install the battery
assembly
EXAMPLE7901 Battery was installed on this date
31298
6 Attach the label to the front of the
battery module
7901
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 19
Check the BAT LED
1 Turn on the chassis power
2 Is the BAT LED off
3 Check that the battery module is correctly connected to the controller
4 Check that the battery assembly is correctly connected to the battery
module
5 If the BAT LED remains on install another battery assembly (catalog
1756-BATA)
6 If the BAT LED remains on after you complete step 5 contact your
Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor
If Then
Yes The battery module is correctly installed
No Go to step 3
31303-M
BAT LED
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
20 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Estimate Battery LifeWhen the battery is about 50 percent discharged the controller provides the
following warnings
bull On the front of the controller the BAT LED turns on (solid red)
bull A minor fault occurs (type 10 code 10)
To estimate how long the battery will support the memory of the controller
1 Determine the temperature (deg C) 1 in below the battery module
2 Determine the percentage of time that the controller is powered off
per week
4 Using ldquoTable 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA
batteryrdquo on page 21 determine the estimated worst-case battery life
before and after the BAT LED turns on
5 For each year of battery life decrease the time before the BAT LED
turns on by the percentage that is shown in the table (Do not
decrease the time after the BAT LED turns on)
EXAMPLE If a controller is off
bull 8 hrday during a 5-day work week
bull all day Saturday and Sunday
Then the controller is off 52 of the time
1 total hours per week = 7 x 24 +168 hours
2 total off hours per week = (5 days x 8 hrday) +
Saturday + Sunday = 88 hours
3 percentage off time = 88168 = 52
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 21
IMPORTANT If the BAT LED turns on when you apply power to the
controller the battery life may be less then the table
below indicates Some of the battery life may have been
used up while the controller was off and unable to turn
on the BAT LED
Table 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA battery
Controller Temp Time before BAT LED turns on Time after BAT LED turns on and then power off 100
Power off 100
Power off 50
Yearly decrease
1756-L55M12
1756-L55M13
60deg C 190 days 396 days 11 190 days
25deg C 299 days 562 days 5 299 days
0deg C 268 days 562 days 6 268 days
1756-L55M14 60deg C 130 days 270 days 11 139 days
25deg C 213 days 391 days 5 228 days
0deg C 180 days 381 days 6 193 days
1756-L55M16 60deg C 71 days 160 days 13 76 days
25deg C 133 days 253 days 5 142 days
0deg C 105 days 220 days 6 112 days
1756-L55M221756-L55M23
Use the values for the 1756-L55M13 controller
1756-L55M24 Use the values for the 1756-L55M14 controller
1756-L61
1756-L621756-L63
60deg C 98 days 204 days 11 104 days
25deg C 146 days 268 days 5 157 days
0deg C 105 days 222 days 6 113 days
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
22 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Specifications
Description Value
Supply Power input power 15 mA max 51V dc
output power 20 mA max 36V dc
Maximum Continuous Discharge Current
20 mA
Operating Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)
bull 0deg to 60deg C (32 to 140deg F)
Storage Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Un-packaged Non-operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Un-packaged Non-operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Un-packaged Non-operating Thermal Shock)
bull le30degC (86degF)
Relative Humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Un-packaged Non-operating Damp Heat)
operating 5 to 95 non-condensing
storage le30
Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)bull 2g 10-500Hz
Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
30g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 23
Non-Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
50g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Emissions CISPR 11bull Group 1 Class A
ESD Immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 6kV contact dischargesbull 8kV air discharges
Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 80MHz
to 2000MHz
Enclosure Type Rating None (open-style)
Cable 1 m
category 3(1)
Replacement Battery Assembly
1756-BATA (10g lithium)
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
24 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Certifications
(when product is marked)
UR UL Recognized Component Industrial Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations
CE(2) European Union 89336EEC EMC Directive compliant with
bull EN 50082-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61326 MeasControlLab
Industrial Requirementsbull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial
Emissions
C-Tick(2) Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with
bull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions
EEx(2) European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with
bull EN 50021 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection ldquonrdquo (Zone 2)
(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication 1770-41 ldquoIndustrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelinesrdquo
(2) See the Product Certification link at wwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 25
Mounting TemplateCut out the following template and use it to mark the holes for the mounting
tabs of the battery module
31299
Top
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
26 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 27
Dimensions
729 mm(287 in)
749 mm(295 in)
Oslash 55 mmOslash (0217 in)
2x R28 mm2x R(011 in)
376 mm(148 in)
937 mm (369 in)
1057 mm(416 in)
531 mm(209 in)
109 mm(043 in)
31300
742 mm(292 in)
864 mm(340 in)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
28 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Environment and Enclosure Information
ATTENTION
Environment and Enclosure
This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating
This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance
This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications
See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 (Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines) for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 29
European Hazardous Location Approval
European Zone 2 Certification
This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as
defined by European Union Directive 949EC
The LCIE (Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques) certifies that
this equipment has been found to comply with the Essential Health and
Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3
equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in
Annex II to this Directive The examination and test results are recorded in
confidential report No 28 682 010
Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been
assured by compliance with EN 50021
IMPORTANT bull This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation
bull The secondary of a current transformer shall not be open-circuited when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull Equipment of lesser Enclosure Type Rating must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley
bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
30 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations
Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux
Products marked ldquoCL I DIV 2 GP A B C Drdquo are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest ldquoTrdquo number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation
Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent qursquoagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque drsquoidentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons drsquoeacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de lrsquoinstallation
WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARDbull Do not disconnect
equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous
bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product
bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2
bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous
AVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSIONbull Couper le courant ou
srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement
bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit
bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2
bull Srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 31
Additional ManualsThis product has the following manuals
bull Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001
bull Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication
1756-RM003
bull ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756-UM001
If you want to Then
view a manual Visit either of these locations
bull wwwabcommanuals
bull wwwtheautomationbookstorecom
download a manual
purchase a printed manual
Use one of these options
bull contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative
bull visit wwwtheautomationbookstorecom and place an order
bull call 8009639548 (USACanada) or 0013207251574 (outside USACanada)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Black amp White Printing
Color Printing
Color Printing
4 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Equipment that You NeedThe equipment that you need to install the battery module depends on how
you mount the module You have these options
bull Mount the Battery Module Directly to a Panel
bull Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail
Mount the Battery Module Directly to a Panel
To mount the battery module directly to a panel you need the following
equipment
bull 2 phillips screwdriver
bull drill
bull screws and washers
Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail
To mount the battery module to a DIN rail you need the following
equipment
bull 2 phillips screwdriver
For this You need
Quantity Description
top mounting tabs 2 M4 or M5 (10 or 12) phillips screw
2 flat washer
2 split lock washer
bottom mounting tab
1 M4 or M5 (10 or 12) phillips screw or SEM screw (phillips screw with attached star washer)
1 star washer (not required for SEM screws)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 5
What You Need to DoBefore you install a battery module do these preliminary tasks
Install a ControlLogix chassis according to the ControlLogix Chassis
Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN080
Install a ControlLogix power supply according to the
corresponding installation instructions
Install this power supply According to this publication
1756-PA72 ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-567
1756-PB72
1756-PA75 ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-578
1756-PB75
1756-PA75R bull ControlLogix Redundant Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN573
Install a ControlLogix controller according to the ControlLogix
Controller and Memory Board Installation Instructions publication
1756-IN101
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
6 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
To install a battery module do these tasks
Make Sure that You Have All the Components
Select a Location for the Module
Select a Mounting Option
Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail
Mount the Battery Module Directly to a Panel
Attach the Cable to the Controller
Install the Battery Assembly
Check the BAT LED
Estimate Battery Life
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 7
Make Sure that You Have All the ComponentsThe 1756-BATM battery module includes these components
Component Description
battery module
The cable is already attached to the module The cable includes a ferrite core for noise suppression The ferrite core is close to the end of the cable
1756-BATA battery assembly
battery label
universal mounting brackets
screws for the universal mounting brackets
DIN rail locks
31298
31325
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
8 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Select a Location for the ModuleMount the battery module as follows
ge 51 cm (20 in)
ge 51 cm
(20 in)
ge 51 cm (20 in)
ge 51 cm (20 in)
OK to mount next to each other
1 m cable connects battery module to controllerMount below the chassis if
possible This minimizes the temperature of the module and prolongs the life of the battery assembly
On a horizontal panel mount the module with the door facing up
ge 76 cm (30 in)
Leave space to remove the battery assembly
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 9
Select a Mounting Option
Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail
1 Align the holes on the mounting brackets with the holes on the back
of the battery module
2 Insert and tighten the screws
3 Attach the battery module to the DIN rail
If you want to Then go to page
Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail 9
Mount the Battery Module Directly to a Panel 11
31306-M
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
10 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
4 Attach a DIN rail lock (A-B catalog number 1492-EA35) on each side
of the battery module
5 Ground the battery module to the enclosure
6 Go to ldquoAttach the Cable to the Controllerrdquo on page 14
31330
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 11
Mount the Battery Module Directly to a PanelTo mount the battery module directly to a panel
bull Drill the Mounting Holes
bull Mount the Battery Module
Drill the Mounting Holes
1 Are you installing the battery module above existing components
2 On the panel of the enclosure mark the holes for the mounting tabs
of the battery module Use the template on page 25
3 Drill the holes for the mounting tabs
If Then
Yes Protect the existing components from metal chips that may fall as you drill the mounting holes
No Go to step 2
31301-M
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
12 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Mount the Battery Module
1 To make an electrical connection between the battery module and the
enclosure scrape the paint off the panel of the enclosure
2 Install the hardware for the top mounting tabs
3 Slide the top tabs of the battery module over the screws
31301-M
M4 or M5 (10 or 12) phillips screw flat washer and split lock-washer
31302-M
4 Tighten the screws
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 13
31302-M
5 Install and tighten
the hardware for the
bottom tab
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
14 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Attach the Cable to the Controller
1 Is a 1756-BA1 battery connected to the controller
WARNING An electrical arc can occur when you
bull connect or disconnect the battery
bull connect or disconnect the battery module from
the controller
This could cause an explosion in hazardous location
installations Be sure that power is removed or the area
is nonhazardous before proceeding
For Safety information on the handling of lithium
batteries including handling and disposal of leaking
batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium
Batteries publication AG 5-4
If Then
Yes Go to step 2
No Go to step 3
42964
2 Disconnect the 1756-BA1
battery
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 15
31303 M
31303-M
3 Attach the cable from the battery
module to the controller
to the battery module
top white lead
middle black lead (-)
bottom red lead (+)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
16 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Install the Battery Assembly
ATTENTION
Only install a 1756-BATA battery If you install a
different battery you may damage the controller
IMPORTANT Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
only when you are ready to use it Even if the battery
module is not connected to the controller the battery
assembly begins to discharge once you connect it to the
battery module
31298
1 Remove the door of the
battery module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 17
2 Put the battery assembly into the battery module with the wires facing
outward
3 Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
4 Replace the door of the battery module
WARNING When you connect or disconnect the battery an
electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion
in hazardous location installations Be sure that power
is removed or the area is nonhazardous before
proceeding
For Safety information on the handling of lithium
batteries including handling and disposal of leaking
batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium
Batteries publication AG 5-4
31304-M
no connection
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
18 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
5 Write on the battery label the date that you install the battery
assembly
EXAMPLE7901 Battery was installed on this date
31298
6 Attach the label to the front of the
battery module
7901
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 19
Check the BAT LED
1 Turn on the chassis power
2 Is the BAT LED off
3 Check that the battery module is correctly connected to the controller
4 Check that the battery assembly is correctly connected to the battery
module
5 If the BAT LED remains on install another battery assembly (catalog
1756-BATA)
6 If the BAT LED remains on after you complete step 5 contact your
Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor
If Then
Yes The battery module is correctly installed
No Go to step 3
31303-M
BAT LED
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
20 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Estimate Battery LifeWhen the battery is about 50 percent discharged the controller provides the
following warnings
bull On the front of the controller the BAT LED turns on (solid red)
bull A minor fault occurs (type 10 code 10)
To estimate how long the battery will support the memory of the controller
1 Determine the temperature (deg C) 1 in below the battery module
2 Determine the percentage of time that the controller is powered off
per week
4 Using ldquoTable 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA
batteryrdquo on page 21 determine the estimated worst-case battery life
before and after the BAT LED turns on
5 For each year of battery life decrease the time before the BAT LED
turns on by the percentage that is shown in the table (Do not
decrease the time after the BAT LED turns on)
EXAMPLE If a controller is off
bull 8 hrday during a 5-day work week
bull all day Saturday and Sunday
Then the controller is off 52 of the time
1 total hours per week = 7 x 24 +168 hours
2 total off hours per week = (5 days x 8 hrday) +
Saturday + Sunday = 88 hours
3 percentage off time = 88168 = 52
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 21
IMPORTANT If the BAT LED turns on when you apply power to the
controller the battery life may be less then the table
below indicates Some of the battery life may have been
used up while the controller was off and unable to turn
on the BAT LED
Table 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA battery
Controller Temp Time before BAT LED turns on Time after BAT LED turns on and then power off 100
Power off 100
Power off 50
Yearly decrease
1756-L55M12
1756-L55M13
60deg C 190 days 396 days 11 190 days
25deg C 299 days 562 days 5 299 days
0deg C 268 days 562 days 6 268 days
1756-L55M14 60deg C 130 days 270 days 11 139 days
25deg C 213 days 391 days 5 228 days
0deg C 180 days 381 days 6 193 days
1756-L55M16 60deg C 71 days 160 days 13 76 days
25deg C 133 days 253 days 5 142 days
0deg C 105 days 220 days 6 112 days
1756-L55M221756-L55M23
Use the values for the 1756-L55M13 controller
1756-L55M24 Use the values for the 1756-L55M14 controller
1756-L61
1756-L621756-L63
60deg C 98 days 204 days 11 104 days
25deg C 146 days 268 days 5 157 days
0deg C 105 days 222 days 6 113 days
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
22 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Specifications
Description Value
Supply Power input power 15 mA max 51V dc
output power 20 mA max 36V dc
Maximum Continuous Discharge Current
20 mA
Operating Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)
bull 0deg to 60deg C (32 to 140deg F)
Storage Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Un-packaged Non-operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Un-packaged Non-operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Un-packaged Non-operating Thermal Shock)
bull le30degC (86degF)
Relative Humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Un-packaged Non-operating Damp Heat)
operating 5 to 95 non-condensing
storage le30
Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)bull 2g 10-500Hz
Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
30g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 23
Non-Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
50g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Emissions CISPR 11bull Group 1 Class A
ESD Immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 6kV contact dischargesbull 8kV air discharges
Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 80MHz
to 2000MHz
Enclosure Type Rating None (open-style)
Cable 1 m
category 3(1)
Replacement Battery Assembly
1756-BATA (10g lithium)
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
24 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Certifications
(when product is marked)
UR UL Recognized Component Industrial Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations
CE(2) European Union 89336EEC EMC Directive compliant with
bull EN 50082-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61326 MeasControlLab
Industrial Requirementsbull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial
Emissions
C-Tick(2) Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with
bull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions
EEx(2) European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with
bull EN 50021 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection ldquonrdquo (Zone 2)
(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication 1770-41 ldquoIndustrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelinesrdquo
(2) See the Product Certification link at wwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 25
Mounting TemplateCut out the following template and use it to mark the holes for the mounting
tabs of the battery module
31299
Top
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
26 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 27
Dimensions
729 mm(287 in)
749 mm(295 in)
Oslash 55 mmOslash (0217 in)
2x R28 mm2x R(011 in)
376 mm(148 in)
937 mm (369 in)
1057 mm(416 in)
531 mm(209 in)
109 mm(043 in)
31300
742 mm(292 in)
864 mm(340 in)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
28 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Environment and Enclosure Information
ATTENTION
Environment and Enclosure
This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating
This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance
This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications
See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 (Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines) for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 29
European Hazardous Location Approval
European Zone 2 Certification
This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as
defined by European Union Directive 949EC
The LCIE (Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques) certifies that
this equipment has been found to comply with the Essential Health and
Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3
equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in
Annex II to this Directive The examination and test results are recorded in
confidential report No 28 682 010
Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been
assured by compliance with EN 50021
IMPORTANT bull This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation
bull The secondary of a current transformer shall not be open-circuited when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull Equipment of lesser Enclosure Type Rating must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley
bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
30 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations
Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux
Products marked ldquoCL I DIV 2 GP A B C Drdquo are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest ldquoTrdquo number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation
Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent qursquoagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque drsquoidentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons drsquoeacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de lrsquoinstallation
WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARDbull Do not disconnect
equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous
bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product
bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2
bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous
AVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSIONbull Couper le courant ou
srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement
bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit
bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2
bull Srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 31
Additional ManualsThis product has the following manuals
bull Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001
bull Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication
1756-RM003
bull ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756-UM001
If you want to Then
view a manual Visit either of these locations
bull wwwabcommanuals
bull wwwtheautomationbookstorecom
download a manual
purchase a printed manual
Use one of these options
bull contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative
bull visit wwwtheautomationbookstorecom and place an order
bull call 8009639548 (USACanada) or 0013207251574 (outside USACanada)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Black amp White Printing
Color Printing
Color Printing
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 5
What You Need to DoBefore you install a battery module do these preliminary tasks
Install a ControlLogix chassis according to the ControlLogix Chassis
Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN080
Install a ControlLogix power supply according to the
corresponding installation instructions
Install this power supply According to this publication
1756-PA72 ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-567
1756-PB72
1756-PA75 ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-578
1756-PB75
1756-PA75R bull ControlLogix Redundant Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN573
Install a ControlLogix controller according to the ControlLogix
Controller and Memory Board Installation Instructions publication
1756-IN101
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
6 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
To install a battery module do these tasks
Make Sure that You Have All the Components
Select a Location for the Module
Select a Mounting Option
Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail
Mount the Battery Module Directly to a Panel
Attach the Cable to the Controller
Install the Battery Assembly
Check the BAT LED
Estimate Battery Life
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 7
Make Sure that You Have All the ComponentsThe 1756-BATM battery module includes these components
Component Description
battery module
The cable is already attached to the module The cable includes a ferrite core for noise suppression The ferrite core is close to the end of the cable
1756-BATA battery assembly
battery label
universal mounting brackets
screws for the universal mounting brackets
DIN rail locks
31298
31325
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
8 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Select a Location for the ModuleMount the battery module as follows
ge 51 cm (20 in)
ge 51 cm
(20 in)
ge 51 cm (20 in)
ge 51 cm (20 in)
OK to mount next to each other
1 m cable connects battery module to controllerMount below the chassis if
possible This minimizes the temperature of the module and prolongs the life of the battery assembly
On a horizontal panel mount the module with the door facing up
ge 76 cm (30 in)
Leave space to remove the battery assembly
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 9
Select a Mounting Option
Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail
1 Align the holes on the mounting brackets with the holes on the back
of the battery module
2 Insert and tighten the screws
3 Attach the battery module to the DIN rail
If you want to Then go to page
Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail 9
Mount the Battery Module Directly to a Panel 11
31306-M
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
10 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
4 Attach a DIN rail lock (A-B catalog number 1492-EA35) on each side
of the battery module
5 Ground the battery module to the enclosure
6 Go to ldquoAttach the Cable to the Controllerrdquo on page 14
31330
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 11
Mount the Battery Module Directly to a PanelTo mount the battery module directly to a panel
bull Drill the Mounting Holes
bull Mount the Battery Module
Drill the Mounting Holes
1 Are you installing the battery module above existing components
2 On the panel of the enclosure mark the holes for the mounting tabs
of the battery module Use the template on page 25
3 Drill the holes for the mounting tabs
If Then
Yes Protect the existing components from metal chips that may fall as you drill the mounting holes
No Go to step 2
31301-M
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
12 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Mount the Battery Module
1 To make an electrical connection between the battery module and the
enclosure scrape the paint off the panel of the enclosure
2 Install the hardware for the top mounting tabs
3 Slide the top tabs of the battery module over the screws
31301-M
M4 or M5 (10 or 12) phillips screw flat washer and split lock-washer
31302-M
4 Tighten the screws
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 13
31302-M
5 Install and tighten
the hardware for the
bottom tab
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
14 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Attach the Cable to the Controller
1 Is a 1756-BA1 battery connected to the controller
WARNING An electrical arc can occur when you
bull connect or disconnect the battery
bull connect or disconnect the battery module from
the controller
This could cause an explosion in hazardous location
installations Be sure that power is removed or the area
is nonhazardous before proceeding
For Safety information on the handling of lithium
batteries including handling and disposal of leaking
batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium
Batteries publication AG 5-4
If Then
Yes Go to step 2
No Go to step 3
42964
2 Disconnect the 1756-BA1
battery
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 15
31303 M
31303-M
3 Attach the cable from the battery
module to the controller
to the battery module
top white lead
middle black lead (-)
bottom red lead (+)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
16 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Install the Battery Assembly
ATTENTION
Only install a 1756-BATA battery If you install a
different battery you may damage the controller
IMPORTANT Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
only when you are ready to use it Even if the battery
module is not connected to the controller the battery
assembly begins to discharge once you connect it to the
battery module
31298
1 Remove the door of the
battery module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 17
2 Put the battery assembly into the battery module with the wires facing
outward
3 Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
4 Replace the door of the battery module
WARNING When you connect or disconnect the battery an
electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion
in hazardous location installations Be sure that power
is removed or the area is nonhazardous before
proceeding
For Safety information on the handling of lithium
batteries including handling and disposal of leaking
batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium
Batteries publication AG 5-4
31304-M
no connection
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
18 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
5 Write on the battery label the date that you install the battery
assembly
EXAMPLE7901 Battery was installed on this date
31298
6 Attach the label to the front of the
battery module
7901
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 19
Check the BAT LED
1 Turn on the chassis power
2 Is the BAT LED off
3 Check that the battery module is correctly connected to the controller
4 Check that the battery assembly is correctly connected to the battery
module
5 If the BAT LED remains on install another battery assembly (catalog
1756-BATA)
6 If the BAT LED remains on after you complete step 5 contact your
Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor
If Then
Yes The battery module is correctly installed
No Go to step 3
31303-M
BAT LED
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
20 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Estimate Battery LifeWhen the battery is about 50 percent discharged the controller provides the
following warnings
bull On the front of the controller the BAT LED turns on (solid red)
bull A minor fault occurs (type 10 code 10)
To estimate how long the battery will support the memory of the controller
1 Determine the temperature (deg C) 1 in below the battery module
2 Determine the percentage of time that the controller is powered off
per week
4 Using ldquoTable 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA
batteryrdquo on page 21 determine the estimated worst-case battery life
before and after the BAT LED turns on
5 For each year of battery life decrease the time before the BAT LED
turns on by the percentage that is shown in the table (Do not
decrease the time after the BAT LED turns on)
EXAMPLE If a controller is off
bull 8 hrday during a 5-day work week
bull all day Saturday and Sunday
Then the controller is off 52 of the time
1 total hours per week = 7 x 24 +168 hours
2 total off hours per week = (5 days x 8 hrday) +
Saturday + Sunday = 88 hours
3 percentage off time = 88168 = 52
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 21
IMPORTANT If the BAT LED turns on when you apply power to the
controller the battery life may be less then the table
below indicates Some of the battery life may have been
used up while the controller was off and unable to turn
on the BAT LED
Table 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA battery
Controller Temp Time before BAT LED turns on Time after BAT LED turns on and then power off 100
Power off 100
Power off 50
Yearly decrease
1756-L55M12
1756-L55M13
60deg C 190 days 396 days 11 190 days
25deg C 299 days 562 days 5 299 days
0deg C 268 days 562 days 6 268 days
1756-L55M14 60deg C 130 days 270 days 11 139 days
25deg C 213 days 391 days 5 228 days
0deg C 180 days 381 days 6 193 days
1756-L55M16 60deg C 71 days 160 days 13 76 days
25deg C 133 days 253 days 5 142 days
0deg C 105 days 220 days 6 112 days
1756-L55M221756-L55M23
Use the values for the 1756-L55M13 controller
1756-L55M24 Use the values for the 1756-L55M14 controller
1756-L61
1756-L621756-L63
60deg C 98 days 204 days 11 104 days
25deg C 146 days 268 days 5 157 days
0deg C 105 days 222 days 6 113 days
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
22 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Specifications
Description Value
Supply Power input power 15 mA max 51V dc
output power 20 mA max 36V dc
Maximum Continuous Discharge Current
20 mA
Operating Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)
bull 0deg to 60deg C (32 to 140deg F)
Storage Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Un-packaged Non-operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Un-packaged Non-operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Un-packaged Non-operating Thermal Shock)
bull le30degC (86degF)
Relative Humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Un-packaged Non-operating Damp Heat)
operating 5 to 95 non-condensing
storage le30
Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)bull 2g 10-500Hz
Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
30g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 23
Non-Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
50g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Emissions CISPR 11bull Group 1 Class A
ESD Immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 6kV contact dischargesbull 8kV air discharges
Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 80MHz
to 2000MHz
Enclosure Type Rating None (open-style)
Cable 1 m
category 3(1)
Replacement Battery Assembly
1756-BATA (10g lithium)
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
24 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Certifications
(when product is marked)
UR UL Recognized Component Industrial Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations
CE(2) European Union 89336EEC EMC Directive compliant with
bull EN 50082-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61326 MeasControlLab
Industrial Requirementsbull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial
Emissions
C-Tick(2) Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with
bull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions
EEx(2) European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with
bull EN 50021 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection ldquonrdquo (Zone 2)
(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication 1770-41 ldquoIndustrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelinesrdquo
(2) See the Product Certification link at wwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 25
Mounting TemplateCut out the following template and use it to mark the holes for the mounting
tabs of the battery module
31299
Top
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
26 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 27
Dimensions
729 mm(287 in)
749 mm(295 in)
Oslash 55 mmOslash (0217 in)
2x R28 mm2x R(011 in)
376 mm(148 in)
937 mm (369 in)
1057 mm(416 in)
531 mm(209 in)
109 mm(043 in)
31300
742 mm(292 in)
864 mm(340 in)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
28 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Environment and Enclosure Information
ATTENTION
Environment and Enclosure
This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating
This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance
This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications
See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 (Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines) for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 29
European Hazardous Location Approval
European Zone 2 Certification
This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as
defined by European Union Directive 949EC
The LCIE (Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques) certifies that
this equipment has been found to comply with the Essential Health and
Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3
equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in
Annex II to this Directive The examination and test results are recorded in
confidential report No 28 682 010
Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been
assured by compliance with EN 50021
IMPORTANT bull This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation
bull The secondary of a current transformer shall not be open-circuited when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull Equipment of lesser Enclosure Type Rating must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley
bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
30 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations
Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux
Products marked ldquoCL I DIV 2 GP A B C Drdquo are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest ldquoTrdquo number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation
Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent qursquoagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque drsquoidentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons drsquoeacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de lrsquoinstallation
WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARDbull Do not disconnect
equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous
bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product
bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2
bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous
AVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSIONbull Couper le courant ou
srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement
bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit
bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2
bull Srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 31
Additional ManualsThis product has the following manuals
bull Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001
bull Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication
1756-RM003
bull ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756-UM001
If you want to Then
view a manual Visit either of these locations
bull wwwabcommanuals
bull wwwtheautomationbookstorecom
download a manual
purchase a printed manual
Use one of these options
bull contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative
bull visit wwwtheautomationbookstorecom and place an order
bull call 8009639548 (USACanada) or 0013207251574 (outside USACanada)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Black amp White Printing
Color Printing
Color Printing
6 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
To install a battery module do these tasks
Make Sure that You Have All the Components
Select a Location for the Module
Select a Mounting Option
Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail
Mount the Battery Module Directly to a Panel
Attach the Cable to the Controller
Install the Battery Assembly
Check the BAT LED
Estimate Battery Life
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 7
Make Sure that You Have All the ComponentsThe 1756-BATM battery module includes these components
Component Description
battery module
The cable is already attached to the module The cable includes a ferrite core for noise suppression The ferrite core is close to the end of the cable
1756-BATA battery assembly
battery label
universal mounting brackets
screws for the universal mounting brackets
DIN rail locks
31298
31325
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
8 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Select a Location for the ModuleMount the battery module as follows
ge 51 cm (20 in)
ge 51 cm
(20 in)
ge 51 cm (20 in)
ge 51 cm (20 in)
OK to mount next to each other
1 m cable connects battery module to controllerMount below the chassis if
possible This minimizes the temperature of the module and prolongs the life of the battery assembly
On a horizontal panel mount the module with the door facing up
ge 76 cm (30 in)
Leave space to remove the battery assembly
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 9
Select a Mounting Option
Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail
1 Align the holes on the mounting brackets with the holes on the back
of the battery module
2 Insert and tighten the screws
3 Attach the battery module to the DIN rail
If you want to Then go to page
Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail 9
Mount the Battery Module Directly to a Panel 11
31306-M
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
10 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
4 Attach a DIN rail lock (A-B catalog number 1492-EA35) on each side
of the battery module
5 Ground the battery module to the enclosure
6 Go to ldquoAttach the Cable to the Controllerrdquo on page 14
31330
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 11
Mount the Battery Module Directly to a PanelTo mount the battery module directly to a panel
bull Drill the Mounting Holes
bull Mount the Battery Module
Drill the Mounting Holes
1 Are you installing the battery module above existing components
2 On the panel of the enclosure mark the holes for the mounting tabs
of the battery module Use the template on page 25
3 Drill the holes for the mounting tabs
If Then
Yes Protect the existing components from metal chips that may fall as you drill the mounting holes
No Go to step 2
31301-M
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
12 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Mount the Battery Module
1 To make an electrical connection between the battery module and the
enclosure scrape the paint off the panel of the enclosure
2 Install the hardware for the top mounting tabs
3 Slide the top tabs of the battery module over the screws
31301-M
M4 or M5 (10 or 12) phillips screw flat washer and split lock-washer
31302-M
4 Tighten the screws
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 13
31302-M
5 Install and tighten
the hardware for the
bottom tab
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
14 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Attach the Cable to the Controller
1 Is a 1756-BA1 battery connected to the controller
WARNING An electrical arc can occur when you
bull connect or disconnect the battery
bull connect or disconnect the battery module from
the controller
This could cause an explosion in hazardous location
installations Be sure that power is removed or the area
is nonhazardous before proceeding
For Safety information on the handling of lithium
batteries including handling and disposal of leaking
batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium
Batteries publication AG 5-4
If Then
Yes Go to step 2
No Go to step 3
42964
2 Disconnect the 1756-BA1
battery
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 15
31303 M
31303-M
3 Attach the cable from the battery
module to the controller
to the battery module
top white lead
middle black lead (-)
bottom red lead (+)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
16 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Install the Battery Assembly
ATTENTION
Only install a 1756-BATA battery If you install a
different battery you may damage the controller
IMPORTANT Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
only when you are ready to use it Even if the battery
module is not connected to the controller the battery
assembly begins to discharge once you connect it to the
battery module
31298
1 Remove the door of the
battery module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 17
2 Put the battery assembly into the battery module with the wires facing
outward
3 Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
4 Replace the door of the battery module
WARNING When you connect or disconnect the battery an
electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion
in hazardous location installations Be sure that power
is removed or the area is nonhazardous before
proceeding
For Safety information on the handling of lithium
batteries including handling and disposal of leaking
batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium
Batteries publication AG 5-4
31304-M
no connection
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
18 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
5 Write on the battery label the date that you install the battery
assembly
EXAMPLE7901 Battery was installed on this date
31298
6 Attach the label to the front of the
battery module
7901
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 19
Check the BAT LED
1 Turn on the chassis power
2 Is the BAT LED off
3 Check that the battery module is correctly connected to the controller
4 Check that the battery assembly is correctly connected to the battery
module
5 If the BAT LED remains on install another battery assembly (catalog
1756-BATA)
6 If the BAT LED remains on after you complete step 5 contact your
Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor
If Then
Yes The battery module is correctly installed
No Go to step 3
31303-M
BAT LED
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
20 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Estimate Battery LifeWhen the battery is about 50 percent discharged the controller provides the
following warnings
bull On the front of the controller the BAT LED turns on (solid red)
bull A minor fault occurs (type 10 code 10)
To estimate how long the battery will support the memory of the controller
1 Determine the temperature (deg C) 1 in below the battery module
2 Determine the percentage of time that the controller is powered off
per week
4 Using ldquoTable 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA
batteryrdquo on page 21 determine the estimated worst-case battery life
before and after the BAT LED turns on
5 For each year of battery life decrease the time before the BAT LED
turns on by the percentage that is shown in the table (Do not
decrease the time after the BAT LED turns on)
EXAMPLE If a controller is off
bull 8 hrday during a 5-day work week
bull all day Saturday and Sunday
Then the controller is off 52 of the time
1 total hours per week = 7 x 24 +168 hours
2 total off hours per week = (5 days x 8 hrday) +
Saturday + Sunday = 88 hours
3 percentage off time = 88168 = 52
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 21
IMPORTANT If the BAT LED turns on when you apply power to the
controller the battery life may be less then the table
below indicates Some of the battery life may have been
used up while the controller was off and unable to turn
on the BAT LED
Table 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA battery
Controller Temp Time before BAT LED turns on Time after BAT LED turns on and then power off 100
Power off 100
Power off 50
Yearly decrease
1756-L55M12
1756-L55M13
60deg C 190 days 396 days 11 190 days
25deg C 299 days 562 days 5 299 days
0deg C 268 days 562 days 6 268 days
1756-L55M14 60deg C 130 days 270 days 11 139 days
25deg C 213 days 391 days 5 228 days
0deg C 180 days 381 days 6 193 days
1756-L55M16 60deg C 71 days 160 days 13 76 days
25deg C 133 days 253 days 5 142 days
0deg C 105 days 220 days 6 112 days
1756-L55M221756-L55M23
Use the values for the 1756-L55M13 controller
1756-L55M24 Use the values for the 1756-L55M14 controller
1756-L61
1756-L621756-L63
60deg C 98 days 204 days 11 104 days
25deg C 146 days 268 days 5 157 days
0deg C 105 days 222 days 6 113 days
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
22 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Specifications
Description Value
Supply Power input power 15 mA max 51V dc
output power 20 mA max 36V dc
Maximum Continuous Discharge Current
20 mA
Operating Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)
bull 0deg to 60deg C (32 to 140deg F)
Storage Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Un-packaged Non-operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Un-packaged Non-operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Un-packaged Non-operating Thermal Shock)
bull le30degC (86degF)
Relative Humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Un-packaged Non-operating Damp Heat)
operating 5 to 95 non-condensing
storage le30
Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)bull 2g 10-500Hz
Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
30g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 23
Non-Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
50g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Emissions CISPR 11bull Group 1 Class A
ESD Immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 6kV contact dischargesbull 8kV air discharges
Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 80MHz
to 2000MHz
Enclosure Type Rating None (open-style)
Cable 1 m
category 3(1)
Replacement Battery Assembly
1756-BATA (10g lithium)
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
24 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Certifications
(when product is marked)
UR UL Recognized Component Industrial Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations
CE(2) European Union 89336EEC EMC Directive compliant with
bull EN 50082-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61326 MeasControlLab
Industrial Requirementsbull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial
Emissions
C-Tick(2) Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with
bull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions
EEx(2) European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with
bull EN 50021 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection ldquonrdquo (Zone 2)
(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication 1770-41 ldquoIndustrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelinesrdquo
(2) See the Product Certification link at wwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 25
Mounting TemplateCut out the following template and use it to mark the holes for the mounting
tabs of the battery module
31299
Top
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
26 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 27
Dimensions
729 mm(287 in)
749 mm(295 in)
Oslash 55 mmOslash (0217 in)
2x R28 mm2x R(011 in)
376 mm(148 in)
937 mm (369 in)
1057 mm(416 in)
531 mm(209 in)
109 mm(043 in)
31300
742 mm(292 in)
864 mm(340 in)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
28 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Environment and Enclosure Information
ATTENTION
Environment and Enclosure
This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating
This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance
This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications
See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 (Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines) for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 29
European Hazardous Location Approval
European Zone 2 Certification
This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as
defined by European Union Directive 949EC
The LCIE (Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques) certifies that
this equipment has been found to comply with the Essential Health and
Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3
equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in
Annex II to this Directive The examination and test results are recorded in
confidential report No 28 682 010
Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been
assured by compliance with EN 50021
IMPORTANT bull This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation
bull The secondary of a current transformer shall not be open-circuited when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull Equipment of lesser Enclosure Type Rating must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley
bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
30 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations
Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux
Products marked ldquoCL I DIV 2 GP A B C Drdquo are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest ldquoTrdquo number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation
Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent qursquoagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque drsquoidentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons drsquoeacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de lrsquoinstallation
WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARDbull Do not disconnect
equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous
bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product
bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2
bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous
AVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSIONbull Couper le courant ou
srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement
bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit
bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2
bull Srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 31
Additional ManualsThis product has the following manuals
bull Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001
bull Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication
1756-RM003
bull ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756-UM001
If you want to Then
view a manual Visit either of these locations
bull wwwabcommanuals
bull wwwtheautomationbookstorecom
download a manual
purchase a printed manual
Use one of these options
bull contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative
bull visit wwwtheautomationbookstorecom and place an order
bull call 8009639548 (USACanada) or 0013207251574 (outside USACanada)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Black amp White Printing
Color Printing
Color Printing
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 7
Make Sure that You Have All the ComponentsThe 1756-BATM battery module includes these components
Component Description
battery module
The cable is already attached to the module The cable includes a ferrite core for noise suppression The ferrite core is close to the end of the cable
1756-BATA battery assembly
battery label
universal mounting brackets
screws for the universal mounting brackets
DIN rail locks
31298
31325
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
8 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Select a Location for the ModuleMount the battery module as follows
ge 51 cm (20 in)
ge 51 cm
(20 in)
ge 51 cm (20 in)
ge 51 cm (20 in)
OK to mount next to each other
1 m cable connects battery module to controllerMount below the chassis if
possible This minimizes the temperature of the module and prolongs the life of the battery assembly
On a horizontal panel mount the module with the door facing up
ge 76 cm (30 in)
Leave space to remove the battery assembly
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 9
Select a Mounting Option
Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail
1 Align the holes on the mounting brackets with the holes on the back
of the battery module
2 Insert and tighten the screws
3 Attach the battery module to the DIN rail
If you want to Then go to page
Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail 9
Mount the Battery Module Directly to a Panel 11
31306-M
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
10 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
4 Attach a DIN rail lock (A-B catalog number 1492-EA35) on each side
of the battery module
5 Ground the battery module to the enclosure
6 Go to ldquoAttach the Cable to the Controllerrdquo on page 14
31330
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 11
Mount the Battery Module Directly to a PanelTo mount the battery module directly to a panel
bull Drill the Mounting Holes
bull Mount the Battery Module
Drill the Mounting Holes
1 Are you installing the battery module above existing components
2 On the panel of the enclosure mark the holes for the mounting tabs
of the battery module Use the template on page 25
3 Drill the holes for the mounting tabs
If Then
Yes Protect the existing components from metal chips that may fall as you drill the mounting holes
No Go to step 2
31301-M
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
12 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Mount the Battery Module
1 To make an electrical connection between the battery module and the
enclosure scrape the paint off the panel of the enclosure
2 Install the hardware for the top mounting tabs
3 Slide the top tabs of the battery module over the screws
31301-M
M4 or M5 (10 or 12) phillips screw flat washer and split lock-washer
31302-M
4 Tighten the screws
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 13
31302-M
5 Install and tighten
the hardware for the
bottom tab
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
14 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Attach the Cable to the Controller
1 Is a 1756-BA1 battery connected to the controller
WARNING An electrical arc can occur when you
bull connect or disconnect the battery
bull connect or disconnect the battery module from
the controller
This could cause an explosion in hazardous location
installations Be sure that power is removed or the area
is nonhazardous before proceeding
For Safety information on the handling of lithium
batteries including handling and disposal of leaking
batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium
Batteries publication AG 5-4
If Then
Yes Go to step 2
No Go to step 3
42964
2 Disconnect the 1756-BA1
battery
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 15
31303 M
31303-M
3 Attach the cable from the battery
module to the controller
to the battery module
top white lead
middle black lead (-)
bottom red lead (+)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
16 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Install the Battery Assembly
ATTENTION
Only install a 1756-BATA battery If you install a
different battery you may damage the controller
IMPORTANT Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
only when you are ready to use it Even if the battery
module is not connected to the controller the battery
assembly begins to discharge once you connect it to the
battery module
31298
1 Remove the door of the
battery module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 17
2 Put the battery assembly into the battery module with the wires facing
outward
3 Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
4 Replace the door of the battery module
WARNING When you connect or disconnect the battery an
electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion
in hazardous location installations Be sure that power
is removed or the area is nonhazardous before
proceeding
For Safety information on the handling of lithium
batteries including handling and disposal of leaking
batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium
Batteries publication AG 5-4
31304-M
no connection
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
18 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
5 Write on the battery label the date that you install the battery
assembly
EXAMPLE7901 Battery was installed on this date
31298
6 Attach the label to the front of the
battery module
7901
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 19
Check the BAT LED
1 Turn on the chassis power
2 Is the BAT LED off
3 Check that the battery module is correctly connected to the controller
4 Check that the battery assembly is correctly connected to the battery
module
5 If the BAT LED remains on install another battery assembly (catalog
1756-BATA)
6 If the BAT LED remains on after you complete step 5 contact your
Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor
If Then
Yes The battery module is correctly installed
No Go to step 3
31303-M
BAT LED
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
20 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Estimate Battery LifeWhen the battery is about 50 percent discharged the controller provides the
following warnings
bull On the front of the controller the BAT LED turns on (solid red)
bull A minor fault occurs (type 10 code 10)
To estimate how long the battery will support the memory of the controller
1 Determine the temperature (deg C) 1 in below the battery module
2 Determine the percentage of time that the controller is powered off
per week
4 Using ldquoTable 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA
batteryrdquo on page 21 determine the estimated worst-case battery life
before and after the BAT LED turns on
5 For each year of battery life decrease the time before the BAT LED
turns on by the percentage that is shown in the table (Do not
decrease the time after the BAT LED turns on)
EXAMPLE If a controller is off
bull 8 hrday during a 5-day work week
bull all day Saturday and Sunday
Then the controller is off 52 of the time
1 total hours per week = 7 x 24 +168 hours
2 total off hours per week = (5 days x 8 hrday) +
Saturday + Sunday = 88 hours
3 percentage off time = 88168 = 52
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 21
IMPORTANT If the BAT LED turns on when you apply power to the
controller the battery life may be less then the table
below indicates Some of the battery life may have been
used up while the controller was off and unable to turn
on the BAT LED
Table 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA battery
Controller Temp Time before BAT LED turns on Time after BAT LED turns on and then power off 100
Power off 100
Power off 50
Yearly decrease
1756-L55M12
1756-L55M13
60deg C 190 days 396 days 11 190 days
25deg C 299 days 562 days 5 299 days
0deg C 268 days 562 days 6 268 days
1756-L55M14 60deg C 130 days 270 days 11 139 days
25deg C 213 days 391 days 5 228 days
0deg C 180 days 381 days 6 193 days
1756-L55M16 60deg C 71 days 160 days 13 76 days
25deg C 133 days 253 days 5 142 days
0deg C 105 days 220 days 6 112 days
1756-L55M221756-L55M23
Use the values for the 1756-L55M13 controller
1756-L55M24 Use the values for the 1756-L55M14 controller
1756-L61
1756-L621756-L63
60deg C 98 days 204 days 11 104 days
25deg C 146 days 268 days 5 157 days
0deg C 105 days 222 days 6 113 days
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
22 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Specifications
Description Value
Supply Power input power 15 mA max 51V dc
output power 20 mA max 36V dc
Maximum Continuous Discharge Current
20 mA
Operating Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)
bull 0deg to 60deg C (32 to 140deg F)
Storage Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Un-packaged Non-operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Un-packaged Non-operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Un-packaged Non-operating Thermal Shock)
bull le30degC (86degF)
Relative Humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Un-packaged Non-operating Damp Heat)
operating 5 to 95 non-condensing
storage le30
Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)bull 2g 10-500Hz
Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
30g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 23
Non-Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
50g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Emissions CISPR 11bull Group 1 Class A
ESD Immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 6kV contact dischargesbull 8kV air discharges
Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 80MHz
to 2000MHz
Enclosure Type Rating None (open-style)
Cable 1 m
category 3(1)
Replacement Battery Assembly
1756-BATA (10g lithium)
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
24 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Certifications
(when product is marked)
UR UL Recognized Component Industrial Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations
CE(2) European Union 89336EEC EMC Directive compliant with
bull EN 50082-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61326 MeasControlLab
Industrial Requirementsbull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial
Emissions
C-Tick(2) Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with
bull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions
EEx(2) European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with
bull EN 50021 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection ldquonrdquo (Zone 2)
(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication 1770-41 ldquoIndustrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelinesrdquo
(2) See the Product Certification link at wwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 25
Mounting TemplateCut out the following template and use it to mark the holes for the mounting
tabs of the battery module
31299
Top
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
26 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 27
Dimensions
729 mm(287 in)
749 mm(295 in)
Oslash 55 mmOslash (0217 in)
2x R28 mm2x R(011 in)
376 mm(148 in)
937 mm (369 in)
1057 mm(416 in)
531 mm(209 in)
109 mm(043 in)
31300
742 mm(292 in)
864 mm(340 in)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
28 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Environment and Enclosure Information
ATTENTION
Environment and Enclosure
This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating
This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance
This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications
See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 (Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines) for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 29
European Hazardous Location Approval
European Zone 2 Certification
This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as
defined by European Union Directive 949EC
The LCIE (Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques) certifies that
this equipment has been found to comply with the Essential Health and
Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3
equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in
Annex II to this Directive The examination and test results are recorded in
confidential report No 28 682 010
Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been
assured by compliance with EN 50021
IMPORTANT bull This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation
bull The secondary of a current transformer shall not be open-circuited when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull Equipment of lesser Enclosure Type Rating must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley
bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
30 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations
Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux
Products marked ldquoCL I DIV 2 GP A B C Drdquo are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest ldquoTrdquo number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation
Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent qursquoagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque drsquoidentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons drsquoeacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de lrsquoinstallation
WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARDbull Do not disconnect
equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous
bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product
bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2
bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous
AVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSIONbull Couper le courant ou
srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement
bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit
bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2
bull Srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 31
Additional ManualsThis product has the following manuals
bull Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001
bull Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication
1756-RM003
bull ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756-UM001
If you want to Then
view a manual Visit either of these locations
bull wwwabcommanuals
bull wwwtheautomationbookstorecom
download a manual
purchase a printed manual
Use one of these options
bull contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative
bull visit wwwtheautomationbookstorecom and place an order
bull call 8009639548 (USACanada) or 0013207251574 (outside USACanada)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Black amp White Printing
Color Printing
Color Printing
8 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Select a Location for the ModuleMount the battery module as follows
ge 51 cm (20 in)
ge 51 cm
(20 in)
ge 51 cm (20 in)
ge 51 cm (20 in)
OK to mount next to each other
1 m cable connects battery module to controllerMount below the chassis if
possible This minimizes the temperature of the module and prolongs the life of the battery assembly
On a horizontal panel mount the module with the door facing up
ge 76 cm (30 in)
Leave space to remove the battery assembly
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 9
Select a Mounting Option
Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail
1 Align the holes on the mounting brackets with the holes on the back
of the battery module
2 Insert and tighten the screws
3 Attach the battery module to the DIN rail
If you want to Then go to page
Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail 9
Mount the Battery Module Directly to a Panel 11
31306-M
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
10 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
4 Attach a DIN rail lock (A-B catalog number 1492-EA35) on each side
of the battery module
5 Ground the battery module to the enclosure
6 Go to ldquoAttach the Cable to the Controllerrdquo on page 14
31330
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 11
Mount the Battery Module Directly to a PanelTo mount the battery module directly to a panel
bull Drill the Mounting Holes
bull Mount the Battery Module
Drill the Mounting Holes
1 Are you installing the battery module above existing components
2 On the panel of the enclosure mark the holes for the mounting tabs
of the battery module Use the template on page 25
3 Drill the holes for the mounting tabs
If Then
Yes Protect the existing components from metal chips that may fall as you drill the mounting holes
No Go to step 2
31301-M
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
12 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Mount the Battery Module
1 To make an electrical connection between the battery module and the
enclosure scrape the paint off the panel of the enclosure
2 Install the hardware for the top mounting tabs
3 Slide the top tabs of the battery module over the screws
31301-M
M4 or M5 (10 or 12) phillips screw flat washer and split lock-washer
31302-M
4 Tighten the screws
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 13
31302-M
5 Install and tighten
the hardware for the
bottom tab
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
14 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Attach the Cable to the Controller
1 Is a 1756-BA1 battery connected to the controller
WARNING An electrical arc can occur when you
bull connect or disconnect the battery
bull connect or disconnect the battery module from
the controller
This could cause an explosion in hazardous location
installations Be sure that power is removed or the area
is nonhazardous before proceeding
For Safety information on the handling of lithium
batteries including handling and disposal of leaking
batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium
Batteries publication AG 5-4
If Then
Yes Go to step 2
No Go to step 3
42964
2 Disconnect the 1756-BA1
battery
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 15
31303 M
31303-M
3 Attach the cable from the battery
module to the controller
to the battery module
top white lead
middle black lead (-)
bottom red lead (+)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
16 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Install the Battery Assembly
ATTENTION
Only install a 1756-BATA battery If you install a
different battery you may damage the controller
IMPORTANT Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
only when you are ready to use it Even if the battery
module is not connected to the controller the battery
assembly begins to discharge once you connect it to the
battery module
31298
1 Remove the door of the
battery module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 17
2 Put the battery assembly into the battery module with the wires facing
outward
3 Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
4 Replace the door of the battery module
WARNING When you connect or disconnect the battery an
electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion
in hazardous location installations Be sure that power
is removed or the area is nonhazardous before
proceeding
For Safety information on the handling of lithium
batteries including handling and disposal of leaking
batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium
Batteries publication AG 5-4
31304-M
no connection
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
18 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
5 Write on the battery label the date that you install the battery
assembly
EXAMPLE7901 Battery was installed on this date
31298
6 Attach the label to the front of the
battery module
7901
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 19
Check the BAT LED
1 Turn on the chassis power
2 Is the BAT LED off
3 Check that the battery module is correctly connected to the controller
4 Check that the battery assembly is correctly connected to the battery
module
5 If the BAT LED remains on install another battery assembly (catalog
1756-BATA)
6 If the BAT LED remains on after you complete step 5 contact your
Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor
If Then
Yes The battery module is correctly installed
No Go to step 3
31303-M
BAT LED
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
20 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Estimate Battery LifeWhen the battery is about 50 percent discharged the controller provides the
following warnings
bull On the front of the controller the BAT LED turns on (solid red)
bull A minor fault occurs (type 10 code 10)
To estimate how long the battery will support the memory of the controller
1 Determine the temperature (deg C) 1 in below the battery module
2 Determine the percentage of time that the controller is powered off
per week
4 Using ldquoTable 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA
batteryrdquo on page 21 determine the estimated worst-case battery life
before and after the BAT LED turns on
5 For each year of battery life decrease the time before the BAT LED
turns on by the percentage that is shown in the table (Do not
decrease the time after the BAT LED turns on)
EXAMPLE If a controller is off
bull 8 hrday during a 5-day work week
bull all day Saturday and Sunday
Then the controller is off 52 of the time
1 total hours per week = 7 x 24 +168 hours
2 total off hours per week = (5 days x 8 hrday) +
Saturday + Sunday = 88 hours
3 percentage off time = 88168 = 52
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 21
IMPORTANT If the BAT LED turns on when you apply power to the
controller the battery life may be less then the table
below indicates Some of the battery life may have been
used up while the controller was off and unable to turn
on the BAT LED
Table 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA battery
Controller Temp Time before BAT LED turns on Time after BAT LED turns on and then power off 100
Power off 100
Power off 50
Yearly decrease
1756-L55M12
1756-L55M13
60deg C 190 days 396 days 11 190 days
25deg C 299 days 562 days 5 299 days
0deg C 268 days 562 days 6 268 days
1756-L55M14 60deg C 130 days 270 days 11 139 days
25deg C 213 days 391 days 5 228 days
0deg C 180 days 381 days 6 193 days
1756-L55M16 60deg C 71 days 160 days 13 76 days
25deg C 133 days 253 days 5 142 days
0deg C 105 days 220 days 6 112 days
1756-L55M221756-L55M23
Use the values for the 1756-L55M13 controller
1756-L55M24 Use the values for the 1756-L55M14 controller
1756-L61
1756-L621756-L63
60deg C 98 days 204 days 11 104 days
25deg C 146 days 268 days 5 157 days
0deg C 105 days 222 days 6 113 days
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
22 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Specifications
Description Value
Supply Power input power 15 mA max 51V dc
output power 20 mA max 36V dc
Maximum Continuous Discharge Current
20 mA
Operating Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)
bull 0deg to 60deg C (32 to 140deg F)
Storage Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Un-packaged Non-operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Un-packaged Non-operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Un-packaged Non-operating Thermal Shock)
bull le30degC (86degF)
Relative Humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Un-packaged Non-operating Damp Heat)
operating 5 to 95 non-condensing
storage le30
Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)bull 2g 10-500Hz
Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
30g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 23
Non-Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
50g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Emissions CISPR 11bull Group 1 Class A
ESD Immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 6kV contact dischargesbull 8kV air discharges
Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 80MHz
to 2000MHz
Enclosure Type Rating None (open-style)
Cable 1 m
category 3(1)
Replacement Battery Assembly
1756-BATA (10g lithium)
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
24 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Certifications
(when product is marked)
UR UL Recognized Component Industrial Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations
CE(2) European Union 89336EEC EMC Directive compliant with
bull EN 50082-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61326 MeasControlLab
Industrial Requirementsbull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial
Emissions
C-Tick(2) Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with
bull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions
EEx(2) European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with
bull EN 50021 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection ldquonrdquo (Zone 2)
(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication 1770-41 ldquoIndustrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelinesrdquo
(2) See the Product Certification link at wwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 25
Mounting TemplateCut out the following template and use it to mark the holes for the mounting
tabs of the battery module
31299
Top
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
26 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 27
Dimensions
729 mm(287 in)
749 mm(295 in)
Oslash 55 mmOslash (0217 in)
2x R28 mm2x R(011 in)
376 mm(148 in)
937 mm (369 in)
1057 mm(416 in)
531 mm(209 in)
109 mm(043 in)
31300
742 mm(292 in)
864 mm(340 in)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
28 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Environment and Enclosure Information
ATTENTION
Environment and Enclosure
This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating
This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance
This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications
See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 (Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines) for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 29
European Hazardous Location Approval
European Zone 2 Certification
This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as
defined by European Union Directive 949EC
The LCIE (Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques) certifies that
this equipment has been found to comply with the Essential Health and
Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3
equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in
Annex II to this Directive The examination and test results are recorded in
confidential report No 28 682 010
Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been
assured by compliance with EN 50021
IMPORTANT bull This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation
bull The secondary of a current transformer shall not be open-circuited when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull Equipment of lesser Enclosure Type Rating must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley
bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
30 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations
Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux
Products marked ldquoCL I DIV 2 GP A B C Drdquo are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest ldquoTrdquo number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation
Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent qursquoagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque drsquoidentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons drsquoeacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de lrsquoinstallation
WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARDbull Do not disconnect
equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous
bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product
bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2
bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous
AVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSIONbull Couper le courant ou
srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement
bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit
bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2
bull Srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 31
Additional ManualsThis product has the following manuals
bull Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001
bull Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication
1756-RM003
bull ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756-UM001
If you want to Then
view a manual Visit either of these locations
bull wwwabcommanuals
bull wwwtheautomationbookstorecom
download a manual
purchase a printed manual
Use one of these options
bull contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative
bull visit wwwtheautomationbookstorecom and place an order
bull call 8009639548 (USACanada) or 0013207251574 (outside USACanada)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Black amp White Printing
Color Printing
Color Printing
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 9
Select a Mounting Option
Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail
1 Align the holes on the mounting brackets with the holes on the back
of the battery module
2 Insert and tighten the screws
3 Attach the battery module to the DIN rail
If you want to Then go to page
Mount the Battery Module to a DIN Rail 9
Mount the Battery Module Directly to a Panel 11
31306-M
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
10 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
4 Attach a DIN rail lock (A-B catalog number 1492-EA35) on each side
of the battery module
5 Ground the battery module to the enclosure
6 Go to ldquoAttach the Cable to the Controllerrdquo on page 14
31330
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 11
Mount the Battery Module Directly to a PanelTo mount the battery module directly to a panel
bull Drill the Mounting Holes
bull Mount the Battery Module
Drill the Mounting Holes
1 Are you installing the battery module above existing components
2 On the panel of the enclosure mark the holes for the mounting tabs
of the battery module Use the template on page 25
3 Drill the holes for the mounting tabs
If Then
Yes Protect the existing components from metal chips that may fall as you drill the mounting holes
No Go to step 2
31301-M
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
12 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Mount the Battery Module
1 To make an electrical connection between the battery module and the
enclosure scrape the paint off the panel of the enclosure
2 Install the hardware for the top mounting tabs
3 Slide the top tabs of the battery module over the screws
31301-M
M4 or M5 (10 or 12) phillips screw flat washer and split lock-washer
31302-M
4 Tighten the screws
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 13
31302-M
5 Install and tighten
the hardware for the
bottom tab
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
14 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Attach the Cable to the Controller
1 Is a 1756-BA1 battery connected to the controller
WARNING An electrical arc can occur when you
bull connect or disconnect the battery
bull connect or disconnect the battery module from
the controller
This could cause an explosion in hazardous location
installations Be sure that power is removed or the area
is nonhazardous before proceeding
For Safety information on the handling of lithium
batteries including handling and disposal of leaking
batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium
Batteries publication AG 5-4
If Then
Yes Go to step 2
No Go to step 3
42964
2 Disconnect the 1756-BA1
battery
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 15
31303 M
31303-M
3 Attach the cable from the battery
module to the controller
to the battery module
top white lead
middle black lead (-)
bottom red lead (+)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
16 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Install the Battery Assembly
ATTENTION
Only install a 1756-BATA battery If you install a
different battery you may damage the controller
IMPORTANT Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
only when you are ready to use it Even if the battery
module is not connected to the controller the battery
assembly begins to discharge once you connect it to the
battery module
31298
1 Remove the door of the
battery module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 17
2 Put the battery assembly into the battery module with the wires facing
outward
3 Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
4 Replace the door of the battery module
WARNING When you connect or disconnect the battery an
electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion
in hazardous location installations Be sure that power
is removed or the area is nonhazardous before
proceeding
For Safety information on the handling of lithium
batteries including handling and disposal of leaking
batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium
Batteries publication AG 5-4
31304-M
no connection
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
18 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
5 Write on the battery label the date that you install the battery
assembly
EXAMPLE7901 Battery was installed on this date
31298
6 Attach the label to the front of the
battery module
7901
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 19
Check the BAT LED
1 Turn on the chassis power
2 Is the BAT LED off
3 Check that the battery module is correctly connected to the controller
4 Check that the battery assembly is correctly connected to the battery
module
5 If the BAT LED remains on install another battery assembly (catalog
1756-BATA)
6 If the BAT LED remains on after you complete step 5 contact your
Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor
If Then
Yes The battery module is correctly installed
No Go to step 3
31303-M
BAT LED
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
20 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Estimate Battery LifeWhen the battery is about 50 percent discharged the controller provides the
following warnings
bull On the front of the controller the BAT LED turns on (solid red)
bull A minor fault occurs (type 10 code 10)
To estimate how long the battery will support the memory of the controller
1 Determine the temperature (deg C) 1 in below the battery module
2 Determine the percentage of time that the controller is powered off
per week
4 Using ldquoTable 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA
batteryrdquo on page 21 determine the estimated worst-case battery life
before and after the BAT LED turns on
5 For each year of battery life decrease the time before the BAT LED
turns on by the percentage that is shown in the table (Do not
decrease the time after the BAT LED turns on)
EXAMPLE If a controller is off
bull 8 hrday during a 5-day work week
bull all day Saturday and Sunday
Then the controller is off 52 of the time
1 total hours per week = 7 x 24 +168 hours
2 total off hours per week = (5 days x 8 hrday) +
Saturday + Sunday = 88 hours
3 percentage off time = 88168 = 52
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 21
IMPORTANT If the BAT LED turns on when you apply power to the
controller the battery life may be less then the table
below indicates Some of the battery life may have been
used up while the controller was off and unable to turn
on the BAT LED
Table 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA battery
Controller Temp Time before BAT LED turns on Time after BAT LED turns on and then power off 100
Power off 100
Power off 50
Yearly decrease
1756-L55M12
1756-L55M13
60deg C 190 days 396 days 11 190 days
25deg C 299 days 562 days 5 299 days
0deg C 268 days 562 days 6 268 days
1756-L55M14 60deg C 130 days 270 days 11 139 days
25deg C 213 days 391 days 5 228 days
0deg C 180 days 381 days 6 193 days
1756-L55M16 60deg C 71 days 160 days 13 76 days
25deg C 133 days 253 days 5 142 days
0deg C 105 days 220 days 6 112 days
1756-L55M221756-L55M23
Use the values for the 1756-L55M13 controller
1756-L55M24 Use the values for the 1756-L55M14 controller
1756-L61
1756-L621756-L63
60deg C 98 days 204 days 11 104 days
25deg C 146 days 268 days 5 157 days
0deg C 105 days 222 days 6 113 days
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
22 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Specifications
Description Value
Supply Power input power 15 mA max 51V dc
output power 20 mA max 36V dc
Maximum Continuous Discharge Current
20 mA
Operating Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)
bull 0deg to 60deg C (32 to 140deg F)
Storage Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Un-packaged Non-operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Un-packaged Non-operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Un-packaged Non-operating Thermal Shock)
bull le30degC (86degF)
Relative Humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Un-packaged Non-operating Damp Heat)
operating 5 to 95 non-condensing
storage le30
Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)bull 2g 10-500Hz
Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
30g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 23
Non-Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
50g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Emissions CISPR 11bull Group 1 Class A
ESD Immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 6kV contact dischargesbull 8kV air discharges
Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 80MHz
to 2000MHz
Enclosure Type Rating None (open-style)
Cable 1 m
category 3(1)
Replacement Battery Assembly
1756-BATA (10g lithium)
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
24 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Certifications
(when product is marked)
UR UL Recognized Component Industrial Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations
CE(2) European Union 89336EEC EMC Directive compliant with
bull EN 50082-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61326 MeasControlLab
Industrial Requirementsbull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial
Emissions
C-Tick(2) Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with
bull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions
EEx(2) European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with
bull EN 50021 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection ldquonrdquo (Zone 2)
(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication 1770-41 ldquoIndustrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelinesrdquo
(2) See the Product Certification link at wwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 25
Mounting TemplateCut out the following template and use it to mark the holes for the mounting
tabs of the battery module
31299
Top
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
26 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 27
Dimensions
729 mm(287 in)
749 mm(295 in)
Oslash 55 mmOslash (0217 in)
2x R28 mm2x R(011 in)
376 mm(148 in)
937 mm (369 in)
1057 mm(416 in)
531 mm(209 in)
109 mm(043 in)
31300
742 mm(292 in)
864 mm(340 in)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
28 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Environment and Enclosure Information
ATTENTION
Environment and Enclosure
This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating
This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance
This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications
See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 (Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines) for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 29
European Hazardous Location Approval
European Zone 2 Certification
This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as
defined by European Union Directive 949EC
The LCIE (Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques) certifies that
this equipment has been found to comply with the Essential Health and
Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3
equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in
Annex II to this Directive The examination and test results are recorded in
confidential report No 28 682 010
Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been
assured by compliance with EN 50021
IMPORTANT bull This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation
bull The secondary of a current transformer shall not be open-circuited when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull Equipment of lesser Enclosure Type Rating must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley
bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
30 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations
Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux
Products marked ldquoCL I DIV 2 GP A B C Drdquo are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest ldquoTrdquo number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation
Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent qursquoagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque drsquoidentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons drsquoeacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de lrsquoinstallation
WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARDbull Do not disconnect
equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous
bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product
bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2
bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous
AVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSIONbull Couper le courant ou
srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement
bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit
bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2
bull Srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 31
Additional ManualsThis product has the following manuals
bull Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001
bull Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication
1756-RM003
bull ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756-UM001
If you want to Then
view a manual Visit either of these locations
bull wwwabcommanuals
bull wwwtheautomationbookstorecom
download a manual
purchase a printed manual
Use one of these options
bull contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative
bull visit wwwtheautomationbookstorecom and place an order
bull call 8009639548 (USACanada) or 0013207251574 (outside USACanada)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Black amp White Printing
Color Printing
Color Printing
10 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
4 Attach a DIN rail lock (A-B catalog number 1492-EA35) on each side
of the battery module
5 Ground the battery module to the enclosure
6 Go to ldquoAttach the Cable to the Controllerrdquo on page 14
31330
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 11
Mount the Battery Module Directly to a PanelTo mount the battery module directly to a panel
bull Drill the Mounting Holes
bull Mount the Battery Module
Drill the Mounting Holes
1 Are you installing the battery module above existing components
2 On the panel of the enclosure mark the holes for the mounting tabs
of the battery module Use the template on page 25
3 Drill the holes for the mounting tabs
If Then
Yes Protect the existing components from metal chips that may fall as you drill the mounting holes
No Go to step 2
31301-M
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
12 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Mount the Battery Module
1 To make an electrical connection between the battery module and the
enclosure scrape the paint off the panel of the enclosure
2 Install the hardware for the top mounting tabs
3 Slide the top tabs of the battery module over the screws
31301-M
M4 or M5 (10 or 12) phillips screw flat washer and split lock-washer
31302-M
4 Tighten the screws
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 13
31302-M
5 Install and tighten
the hardware for the
bottom tab
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
14 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Attach the Cable to the Controller
1 Is a 1756-BA1 battery connected to the controller
WARNING An electrical arc can occur when you
bull connect or disconnect the battery
bull connect or disconnect the battery module from
the controller
This could cause an explosion in hazardous location
installations Be sure that power is removed or the area
is nonhazardous before proceeding
For Safety information on the handling of lithium
batteries including handling and disposal of leaking
batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium
Batteries publication AG 5-4
If Then
Yes Go to step 2
No Go to step 3
42964
2 Disconnect the 1756-BA1
battery
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 15
31303 M
31303-M
3 Attach the cable from the battery
module to the controller
to the battery module
top white lead
middle black lead (-)
bottom red lead (+)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
16 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Install the Battery Assembly
ATTENTION
Only install a 1756-BATA battery If you install a
different battery you may damage the controller
IMPORTANT Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
only when you are ready to use it Even if the battery
module is not connected to the controller the battery
assembly begins to discharge once you connect it to the
battery module
31298
1 Remove the door of the
battery module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 17
2 Put the battery assembly into the battery module with the wires facing
outward
3 Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
4 Replace the door of the battery module
WARNING When you connect or disconnect the battery an
electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion
in hazardous location installations Be sure that power
is removed or the area is nonhazardous before
proceeding
For Safety information on the handling of lithium
batteries including handling and disposal of leaking
batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium
Batteries publication AG 5-4
31304-M
no connection
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
18 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
5 Write on the battery label the date that you install the battery
assembly
EXAMPLE7901 Battery was installed on this date
31298
6 Attach the label to the front of the
battery module
7901
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 19
Check the BAT LED
1 Turn on the chassis power
2 Is the BAT LED off
3 Check that the battery module is correctly connected to the controller
4 Check that the battery assembly is correctly connected to the battery
module
5 If the BAT LED remains on install another battery assembly (catalog
1756-BATA)
6 If the BAT LED remains on after you complete step 5 contact your
Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor
If Then
Yes The battery module is correctly installed
No Go to step 3
31303-M
BAT LED
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
20 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Estimate Battery LifeWhen the battery is about 50 percent discharged the controller provides the
following warnings
bull On the front of the controller the BAT LED turns on (solid red)
bull A minor fault occurs (type 10 code 10)
To estimate how long the battery will support the memory of the controller
1 Determine the temperature (deg C) 1 in below the battery module
2 Determine the percentage of time that the controller is powered off
per week
4 Using ldquoTable 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA
batteryrdquo on page 21 determine the estimated worst-case battery life
before and after the BAT LED turns on
5 For each year of battery life decrease the time before the BAT LED
turns on by the percentage that is shown in the table (Do not
decrease the time after the BAT LED turns on)
EXAMPLE If a controller is off
bull 8 hrday during a 5-day work week
bull all day Saturday and Sunday
Then the controller is off 52 of the time
1 total hours per week = 7 x 24 +168 hours
2 total off hours per week = (5 days x 8 hrday) +
Saturday + Sunday = 88 hours
3 percentage off time = 88168 = 52
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 21
IMPORTANT If the BAT LED turns on when you apply power to the
controller the battery life may be less then the table
below indicates Some of the battery life may have been
used up while the controller was off and unable to turn
on the BAT LED
Table 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA battery
Controller Temp Time before BAT LED turns on Time after BAT LED turns on and then power off 100
Power off 100
Power off 50
Yearly decrease
1756-L55M12
1756-L55M13
60deg C 190 days 396 days 11 190 days
25deg C 299 days 562 days 5 299 days
0deg C 268 days 562 days 6 268 days
1756-L55M14 60deg C 130 days 270 days 11 139 days
25deg C 213 days 391 days 5 228 days
0deg C 180 days 381 days 6 193 days
1756-L55M16 60deg C 71 days 160 days 13 76 days
25deg C 133 days 253 days 5 142 days
0deg C 105 days 220 days 6 112 days
1756-L55M221756-L55M23
Use the values for the 1756-L55M13 controller
1756-L55M24 Use the values for the 1756-L55M14 controller
1756-L61
1756-L621756-L63
60deg C 98 days 204 days 11 104 days
25deg C 146 days 268 days 5 157 days
0deg C 105 days 222 days 6 113 days
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
22 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Specifications
Description Value
Supply Power input power 15 mA max 51V dc
output power 20 mA max 36V dc
Maximum Continuous Discharge Current
20 mA
Operating Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)
bull 0deg to 60deg C (32 to 140deg F)
Storage Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Un-packaged Non-operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Un-packaged Non-operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Un-packaged Non-operating Thermal Shock)
bull le30degC (86degF)
Relative Humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Un-packaged Non-operating Damp Heat)
operating 5 to 95 non-condensing
storage le30
Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)bull 2g 10-500Hz
Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
30g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 23
Non-Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
50g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Emissions CISPR 11bull Group 1 Class A
ESD Immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 6kV contact dischargesbull 8kV air discharges
Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 80MHz
to 2000MHz
Enclosure Type Rating None (open-style)
Cable 1 m
category 3(1)
Replacement Battery Assembly
1756-BATA (10g lithium)
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
24 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Certifications
(when product is marked)
UR UL Recognized Component Industrial Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations
CE(2) European Union 89336EEC EMC Directive compliant with
bull EN 50082-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61326 MeasControlLab
Industrial Requirementsbull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial
Emissions
C-Tick(2) Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with
bull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions
EEx(2) European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with
bull EN 50021 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection ldquonrdquo (Zone 2)
(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication 1770-41 ldquoIndustrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelinesrdquo
(2) See the Product Certification link at wwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 25
Mounting TemplateCut out the following template and use it to mark the holes for the mounting
tabs of the battery module
31299
Top
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
26 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 27
Dimensions
729 mm(287 in)
749 mm(295 in)
Oslash 55 mmOslash (0217 in)
2x R28 mm2x R(011 in)
376 mm(148 in)
937 mm (369 in)
1057 mm(416 in)
531 mm(209 in)
109 mm(043 in)
31300
742 mm(292 in)
864 mm(340 in)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
28 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Environment and Enclosure Information
ATTENTION
Environment and Enclosure
This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating
This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance
This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications
See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 (Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines) for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 29
European Hazardous Location Approval
European Zone 2 Certification
This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as
defined by European Union Directive 949EC
The LCIE (Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques) certifies that
this equipment has been found to comply with the Essential Health and
Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3
equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in
Annex II to this Directive The examination and test results are recorded in
confidential report No 28 682 010
Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been
assured by compliance with EN 50021
IMPORTANT bull This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation
bull The secondary of a current transformer shall not be open-circuited when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull Equipment of lesser Enclosure Type Rating must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley
bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
30 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations
Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux
Products marked ldquoCL I DIV 2 GP A B C Drdquo are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest ldquoTrdquo number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation
Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent qursquoagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque drsquoidentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons drsquoeacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de lrsquoinstallation
WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARDbull Do not disconnect
equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous
bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product
bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2
bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous
AVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSIONbull Couper le courant ou
srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement
bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit
bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2
bull Srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 31
Additional ManualsThis product has the following manuals
bull Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001
bull Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication
1756-RM003
bull ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756-UM001
If you want to Then
view a manual Visit either of these locations
bull wwwabcommanuals
bull wwwtheautomationbookstorecom
download a manual
purchase a printed manual
Use one of these options
bull contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative
bull visit wwwtheautomationbookstorecom and place an order
bull call 8009639548 (USACanada) or 0013207251574 (outside USACanada)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Black amp White Printing
Color Printing
Color Printing
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 11
Mount the Battery Module Directly to a PanelTo mount the battery module directly to a panel
bull Drill the Mounting Holes
bull Mount the Battery Module
Drill the Mounting Holes
1 Are you installing the battery module above existing components
2 On the panel of the enclosure mark the holes for the mounting tabs
of the battery module Use the template on page 25
3 Drill the holes for the mounting tabs
If Then
Yes Protect the existing components from metal chips that may fall as you drill the mounting holes
No Go to step 2
31301-M
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
12 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Mount the Battery Module
1 To make an electrical connection between the battery module and the
enclosure scrape the paint off the panel of the enclosure
2 Install the hardware for the top mounting tabs
3 Slide the top tabs of the battery module over the screws
31301-M
M4 or M5 (10 or 12) phillips screw flat washer and split lock-washer
31302-M
4 Tighten the screws
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 13
31302-M
5 Install and tighten
the hardware for the
bottom tab
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
14 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Attach the Cable to the Controller
1 Is a 1756-BA1 battery connected to the controller
WARNING An electrical arc can occur when you
bull connect or disconnect the battery
bull connect or disconnect the battery module from
the controller
This could cause an explosion in hazardous location
installations Be sure that power is removed or the area
is nonhazardous before proceeding
For Safety information on the handling of lithium
batteries including handling and disposal of leaking
batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium
Batteries publication AG 5-4
If Then
Yes Go to step 2
No Go to step 3
42964
2 Disconnect the 1756-BA1
battery
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 15
31303 M
31303-M
3 Attach the cable from the battery
module to the controller
to the battery module
top white lead
middle black lead (-)
bottom red lead (+)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
16 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Install the Battery Assembly
ATTENTION
Only install a 1756-BATA battery If you install a
different battery you may damage the controller
IMPORTANT Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
only when you are ready to use it Even if the battery
module is not connected to the controller the battery
assembly begins to discharge once you connect it to the
battery module
31298
1 Remove the door of the
battery module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 17
2 Put the battery assembly into the battery module with the wires facing
outward
3 Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
4 Replace the door of the battery module
WARNING When you connect or disconnect the battery an
electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion
in hazardous location installations Be sure that power
is removed or the area is nonhazardous before
proceeding
For Safety information on the handling of lithium
batteries including handling and disposal of leaking
batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium
Batteries publication AG 5-4
31304-M
no connection
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
18 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
5 Write on the battery label the date that you install the battery
assembly
EXAMPLE7901 Battery was installed on this date
31298
6 Attach the label to the front of the
battery module
7901
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 19
Check the BAT LED
1 Turn on the chassis power
2 Is the BAT LED off
3 Check that the battery module is correctly connected to the controller
4 Check that the battery assembly is correctly connected to the battery
module
5 If the BAT LED remains on install another battery assembly (catalog
1756-BATA)
6 If the BAT LED remains on after you complete step 5 contact your
Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor
If Then
Yes The battery module is correctly installed
No Go to step 3
31303-M
BAT LED
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
20 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Estimate Battery LifeWhen the battery is about 50 percent discharged the controller provides the
following warnings
bull On the front of the controller the BAT LED turns on (solid red)
bull A minor fault occurs (type 10 code 10)
To estimate how long the battery will support the memory of the controller
1 Determine the temperature (deg C) 1 in below the battery module
2 Determine the percentage of time that the controller is powered off
per week
4 Using ldquoTable 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA
batteryrdquo on page 21 determine the estimated worst-case battery life
before and after the BAT LED turns on
5 For each year of battery life decrease the time before the BAT LED
turns on by the percentage that is shown in the table (Do not
decrease the time after the BAT LED turns on)
EXAMPLE If a controller is off
bull 8 hrday during a 5-day work week
bull all day Saturday and Sunday
Then the controller is off 52 of the time
1 total hours per week = 7 x 24 +168 hours
2 total off hours per week = (5 days x 8 hrday) +
Saturday + Sunday = 88 hours
3 percentage off time = 88168 = 52
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 21
IMPORTANT If the BAT LED turns on when you apply power to the
controller the battery life may be less then the table
below indicates Some of the battery life may have been
used up while the controller was off and unable to turn
on the BAT LED
Table 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA battery
Controller Temp Time before BAT LED turns on Time after BAT LED turns on and then power off 100
Power off 100
Power off 50
Yearly decrease
1756-L55M12
1756-L55M13
60deg C 190 days 396 days 11 190 days
25deg C 299 days 562 days 5 299 days
0deg C 268 days 562 days 6 268 days
1756-L55M14 60deg C 130 days 270 days 11 139 days
25deg C 213 days 391 days 5 228 days
0deg C 180 days 381 days 6 193 days
1756-L55M16 60deg C 71 days 160 days 13 76 days
25deg C 133 days 253 days 5 142 days
0deg C 105 days 220 days 6 112 days
1756-L55M221756-L55M23
Use the values for the 1756-L55M13 controller
1756-L55M24 Use the values for the 1756-L55M14 controller
1756-L61
1756-L621756-L63
60deg C 98 days 204 days 11 104 days
25deg C 146 days 268 days 5 157 days
0deg C 105 days 222 days 6 113 days
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
22 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Specifications
Description Value
Supply Power input power 15 mA max 51V dc
output power 20 mA max 36V dc
Maximum Continuous Discharge Current
20 mA
Operating Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)
bull 0deg to 60deg C (32 to 140deg F)
Storage Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Un-packaged Non-operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Un-packaged Non-operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Un-packaged Non-operating Thermal Shock)
bull le30degC (86degF)
Relative Humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Un-packaged Non-operating Damp Heat)
operating 5 to 95 non-condensing
storage le30
Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)bull 2g 10-500Hz
Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
30g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 23
Non-Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
50g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Emissions CISPR 11bull Group 1 Class A
ESD Immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 6kV contact dischargesbull 8kV air discharges
Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 80MHz
to 2000MHz
Enclosure Type Rating None (open-style)
Cable 1 m
category 3(1)
Replacement Battery Assembly
1756-BATA (10g lithium)
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
24 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Certifications
(when product is marked)
UR UL Recognized Component Industrial Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations
CE(2) European Union 89336EEC EMC Directive compliant with
bull EN 50082-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61326 MeasControlLab
Industrial Requirementsbull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial
Emissions
C-Tick(2) Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with
bull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions
EEx(2) European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with
bull EN 50021 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection ldquonrdquo (Zone 2)
(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication 1770-41 ldquoIndustrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelinesrdquo
(2) See the Product Certification link at wwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 25
Mounting TemplateCut out the following template and use it to mark the holes for the mounting
tabs of the battery module
31299
Top
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
26 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 27
Dimensions
729 mm(287 in)
749 mm(295 in)
Oslash 55 mmOslash (0217 in)
2x R28 mm2x R(011 in)
376 mm(148 in)
937 mm (369 in)
1057 mm(416 in)
531 mm(209 in)
109 mm(043 in)
31300
742 mm(292 in)
864 mm(340 in)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
28 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Environment and Enclosure Information
ATTENTION
Environment and Enclosure
This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating
This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance
This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications
See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 (Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines) for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 29
European Hazardous Location Approval
European Zone 2 Certification
This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as
defined by European Union Directive 949EC
The LCIE (Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques) certifies that
this equipment has been found to comply with the Essential Health and
Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3
equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in
Annex II to this Directive The examination and test results are recorded in
confidential report No 28 682 010
Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been
assured by compliance with EN 50021
IMPORTANT bull This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation
bull The secondary of a current transformer shall not be open-circuited when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull Equipment of lesser Enclosure Type Rating must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley
bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
30 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations
Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux
Products marked ldquoCL I DIV 2 GP A B C Drdquo are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest ldquoTrdquo number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation
Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent qursquoagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque drsquoidentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons drsquoeacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de lrsquoinstallation
WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARDbull Do not disconnect
equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous
bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product
bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2
bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous
AVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSIONbull Couper le courant ou
srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement
bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit
bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2
bull Srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 31
Additional ManualsThis product has the following manuals
bull Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001
bull Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication
1756-RM003
bull ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756-UM001
If you want to Then
view a manual Visit either of these locations
bull wwwabcommanuals
bull wwwtheautomationbookstorecom
download a manual
purchase a printed manual
Use one of these options
bull contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative
bull visit wwwtheautomationbookstorecom and place an order
bull call 8009639548 (USACanada) or 0013207251574 (outside USACanada)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Black amp White Printing
Color Printing
Color Printing
12 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Mount the Battery Module
1 To make an electrical connection between the battery module and the
enclosure scrape the paint off the panel of the enclosure
2 Install the hardware for the top mounting tabs
3 Slide the top tabs of the battery module over the screws
31301-M
M4 or M5 (10 or 12) phillips screw flat washer and split lock-washer
31302-M
4 Tighten the screws
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 13
31302-M
5 Install and tighten
the hardware for the
bottom tab
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
14 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Attach the Cable to the Controller
1 Is a 1756-BA1 battery connected to the controller
WARNING An electrical arc can occur when you
bull connect or disconnect the battery
bull connect or disconnect the battery module from
the controller
This could cause an explosion in hazardous location
installations Be sure that power is removed or the area
is nonhazardous before proceeding
For Safety information on the handling of lithium
batteries including handling and disposal of leaking
batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium
Batteries publication AG 5-4
If Then
Yes Go to step 2
No Go to step 3
42964
2 Disconnect the 1756-BA1
battery
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 15
31303 M
31303-M
3 Attach the cable from the battery
module to the controller
to the battery module
top white lead
middle black lead (-)
bottom red lead (+)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
16 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Install the Battery Assembly
ATTENTION
Only install a 1756-BATA battery If you install a
different battery you may damage the controller
IMPORTANT Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
only when you are ready to use it Even if the battery
module is not connected to the controller the battery
assembly begins to discharge once you connect it to the
battery module
31298
1 Remove the door of the
battery module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 17
2 Put the battery assembly into the battery module with the wires facing
outward
3 Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
4 Replace the door of the battery module
WARNING When you connect or disconnect the battery an
electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion
in hazardous location installations Be sure that power
is removed or the area is nonhazardous before
proceeding
For Safety information on the handling of lithium
batteries including handling and disposal of leaking
batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium
Batteries publication AG 5-4
31304-M
no connection
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
18 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
5 Write on the battery label the date that you install the battery
assembly
EXAMPLE7901 Battery was installed on this date
31298
6 Attach the label to the front of the
battery module
7901
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 19
Check the BAT LED
1 Turn on the chassis power
2 Is the BAT LED off
3 Check that the battery module is correctly connected to the controller
4 Check that the battery assembly is correctly connected to the battery
module
5 If the BAT LED remains on install another battery assembly (catalog
1756-BATA)
6 If the BAT LED remains on after you complete step 5 contact your
Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor
If Then
Yes The battery module is correctly installed
No Go to step 3
31303-M
BAT LED
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
20 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Estimate Battery LifeWhen the battery is about 50 percent discharged the controller provides the
following warnings
bull On the front of the controller the BAT LED turns on (solid red)
bull A minor fault occurs (type 10 code 10)
To estimate how long the battery will support the memory of the controller
1 Determine the temperature (deg C) 1 in below the battery module
2 Determine the percentage of time that the controller is powered off
per week
4 Using ldquoTable 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA
batteryrdquo on page 21 determine the estimated worst-case battery life
before and after the BAT LED turns on
5 For each year of battery life decrease the time before the BAT LED
turns on by the percentage that is shown in the table (Do not
decrease the time after the BAT LED turns on)
EXAMPLE If a controller is off
bull 8 hrday during a 5-day work week
bull all day Saturday and Sunday
Then the controller is off 52 of the time
1 total hours per week = 7 x 24 +168 hours
2 total off hours per week = (5 days x 8 hrday) +
Saturday + Sunday = 88 hours
3 percentage off time = 88168 = 52
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 21
IMPORTANT If the BAT LED turns on when you apply power to the
controller the battery life may be less then the table
below indicates Some of the battery life may have been
used up while the controller was off and unable to turn
on the BAT LED
Table 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA battery
Controller Temp Time before BAT LED turns on Time after BAT LED turns on and then power off 100
Power off 100
Power off 50
Yearly decrease
1756-L55M12
1756-L55M13
60deg C 190 days 396 days 11 190 days
25deg C 299 days 562 days 5 299 days
0deg C 268 days 562 days 6 268 days
1756-L55M14 60deg C 130 days 270 days 11 139 days
25deg C 213 days 391 days 5 228 days
0deg C 180 days 381 days 6 193 days
1756-L55M16 60deg C 71 days 160 days 13 76 days
25deg C 133 days 253 days 5 142 days
0deg C 105 days 220 days 6 112 days
1756-L55M221756-L55M23
Use the values for the 1756-L55M13 controller
1756-L55M24 Use the values for the 1756-L55M14 controller
1756-L61
1756-L621756-L63
60deg C 98 days 204 days 11 104 days
25deg C 146 days 268 days 5 157 days
0deg C 105 days 222 days 6 113 days
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
22 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Specifications
Description Value
Supply Power input power 15 mA max 51V dc
output power 20 mA max 36V dc
Maximum Continuous Discharge Current
20 mA
Operating Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)
bull 0deg to 60deg C (32 to 140deg F)
Storage Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Un-packaged Non-operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Un-packaged Non-operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Un-packaged Non-operating Thermal Shock)
bull le30degC (86degF)
Relative Humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Un-packaged Non-operating Damp Heat)
operating 5 to 95 non-condensing
storage le30
Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)bull 2g 10-500Hz
Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
30g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 23
Non-Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
50g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Emissions CISPR 11bull Group 1 Class A
ESD Immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 6kV contact dischargesbull 8kV air discharges
Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 80MHz
to 2000MHz
Enclosure Type Rating None (open-style)
Cable 1 m
category 3(1)
Replacement Battery Assembly
1756-BATA (10g lithium)
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
24 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Certifications
(when product is marked)
UR UL Recognized Component Industrial Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations
CE(2) European Union 89336EEC EMC Directive compliant with
bull EN 50082-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61326 MeasControlLab
Industrial Requirementsbull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial
Emissions
C-Tick(2) Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with
bull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions
EEx(2) European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with
bull EN 50021 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection ldquonrdquo (Zone 2)
(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication 1770-41 ldquoIndustrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelinesrdquo
(2) See the Product Certification link at wwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 25
Mounting TemplateCut out the following template and use it to mark the holes for the mounting
tabs of the battery module
31299
Top
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
26 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 27
Dimensions
729 mm(287 in)
749 mm(295 in)
Oslash 55 mmOslash (0217 in)
2x R28 mm2x R(011 in)
376 mm(148 in)
937 mm (369 in)
1057 mm(416 in)
531 mm(209 in)
109 mm(043 in)
31300
742 mm(292 in)
864 mm(340 in)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
28 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Environment and Enclosure Information
ATTENTION
Environment and Enclosure
This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating
This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance
This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications
See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 (Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines) for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 29
European Hazardous Location Approval
European Zone 2 Certification
This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as
defined by European Union Directive 949EC
The LCIE (Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques) certifies that
this equipment has been found to comply with the Essential Health and
Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3
equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in
Annex II to this Directive The examination and test results are recorded in
confidential report No 28 682 010
Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been
assured by compliance with EN 50021
IMPORTANT bull This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation
bull The secondary of a current transformer shall not be open-circuited when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull Equipment of lesser Enclosure Type Rating must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley
bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
30 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations
Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux
Products marked ldquoCL I DIV 2 GP A B C Drdquo are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest ldquoTrdquo number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation
Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent qursquoagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque drsquoidentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons drsquoeacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de lrsquoinstallation
WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARDbull Do not disconnect
equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous
bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product
bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2
bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous
AVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSIONbull Couper le courant ou
srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement
bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit
bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2
bull Srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 31
Additional ManualsThis product has the following manuals
bull Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001
bull Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication
1756-RM003
bull ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756-UM001
If you want to Then
view a manual Visit either of these locations
bull wwwabcommanuals
bull wwwtheautomationbookstorecom
download a manual
purchase a printed manual
Use one of these options
bull contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative
bull visit wwwtheautomationbookstorecom and place an order
bull call 8009639548 (USACanada) or 0013207251574 (outside USACanada)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Black amp White Printing
Color Printing
Color Printing
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 13
31302-M
5 Install and tighten
the hardware for the
bottom tab
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
14 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Attach the Cable to the Controller
1 Is a 1756-BA1 battery connected to the controller
WARNING An electrical arc can occur when you
bull connect or disconnect the battery
bull connect or disconnect the battery module from
the controller
This could cause an explosion in hazardous location
installations Be sure that power is removed or the area
is nonhazardous before proceeding
For Safety information on the handling of lithium
batteries including handling and disposal of leaking
batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium
Batteries publication AG 5-4
If Then
Yes Go to step 2
No Go to step 3
42964
2 Disconnect the 1756-BA1
battery
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 15
31303 M
31303-M
3 Attach the cable from the battery
module to the controller
to the battery module
top white lead
middle black lead (-)
bottom red lead (+)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
16 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Install the Battery Assembly
ATTENTION
Only install a 1756-BATA battery If you install a
different battery you may damage the controller
IMPORTANT Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
only when you are ready to use it Even if the battery
module is not connected to the controller the battery
assembly begins to discharge once you connect it to the
battery module
31298
1 Remove the door of the
battery module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 17
2 Put the battery assembly into the battery module with the wires facing
outward
3 Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
4 Replace the door of the battery module
WARNING When you connect or disconnect the battery an
electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion
in hazardous location installations Be sure that power
is removed or the area is nonhazardous before
proceeding
For Safety information on the handling of lithium
batteries including handling and disposal of leaking
batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium
Batteries publication AG 5-4
31304-M
no connection
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
18 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
5 Write on the battery label the date that you install the battery
assembly
EXAMPLE7901 Battery was installed on this date
31298
6 Attach the label to the front of the
battery module
7901
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 19
Check the BAT LED
1 Turn on the chassis power
2 Is the BAT LED off
3 Check that the battery module is correctly connected to the controller
4 Check that the battery assembly is correctly connected to the battery
module
5 If the BAT LED remains on install another battery assembly (catalog
1756-BATA)
6 If the BAT LED remains on after you complete step 5 contact your
Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor
If Then
Yes The battery module is correctly installed
No Go to step 3
31303-M
BAT LED
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
20 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Estimate Battery LifeWhen the battery is about 50 percent discharged the controller provides the
following warnings
bull On the front of the controller the BAT LED turns on (solid red)
bull A minor fault occurs (type 10 code 10)
To estimate how long the battery will support the memory of the controller
1 Determine the temperature (deg C) 1 in below the battery module
2 Determine the percentage of time that the controller is powered off
per week
4 Using ldquoTable 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA
batteryrdquo on page 21 determine the estimated worst-case battery life
before and after the BAT LED turns on
5 For each year of battery life decrease the time before the BAT LED
turns on by the percentage that is shown in the table (Do not
decrease the time after the BAT LED turns on)
EXAMPLE If a controller is off
bull 8 hrday during a 5-day work week
bull all day Saturday and Sunday
Then the controller is off 52 of the time
1 total hours per week = 7 x 24 +168 hours
2 total off hours per week = (5 days x 8 hrday) +
Saturday + Sunday = 88 hours
3 percentage off time = 88168 = 52
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 21
IMPORTANT If the BAT LED turns on when you apply power to the
controller the battery life may be less then the table
below indicates Some of the battery life may have been
used up while the controller was off and unable to turn
on the BAT LED
Table 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA battery
Controller Temp Time before BAT LED turns on Time after BAT LED turns on and then power off 100
Power off 100
Power off 50
Yearly decrease
1756-L55M12
1756-L55M13
60deg C 190 days 396 days 11 190 days
25deg C 299 days 562 days 5 299 days
0deg C 268 days 562 days 6 268 days
1756-L55M14 60deg C 130 days 270 days 11 139 days
25deg C 213 days 391 days 5 228 days
0deg C 180 days 381 days 6 193 days
1756-L55M16 60deg C 71 days 160 days 13 76 days
25deg C 133 days 253 days 5 142 days
0deg C 105 days 220 days 6 112 days
1756-L55M221756-L55M23
Use the values for the 1756-L55M13 controller
1756-L55M24 Use the values for the 1756-L55M14 controller
1756-L61
1756-L621756-L63
60deg C 98 days 204 days 11 104 days
25deg C 146 days 268 days 5 157 days
0deg C 105 days 222 days 6 113 days
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
22 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Specifications
Description Value
Supply Power input power 15 mA max 51V dc
output power 20 mA max 36V dc
Maximum Continuous Discharge Current
20 mA
Operating Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)
bull 0deg to 60deg C (32 to 140deg F)
Storage Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Un-packaged Non-operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Un-packaged Non-operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Un-packaged Non-operating Thermal Shock)
bull le30degC (86degF)
Relative Humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Un-packaged Non-operating Damp Heat)
operating 5 to 95 non-condensing
storage le30
Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)bull 2g 10-500Hz
Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
30g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 23
Non-Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
50g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Emissions CISPR 11bull Group 1 Class A
ESD Immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 6kV contact dischargesbull 8kV air discharges
Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 80MHz
to 2000MHz
Enclosure Type Rating None (open-style)
Cable 1 m
category 3(1)
Replacement Battery Assembly
1756-BATA (10g lithium)
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
24 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Certifications
(when product is marked)
UR UL Recognized Component Industrial Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations
CE(2) European Union 89336EEC EMC Directive compliant with
bull EN 50082-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61326 MeasControlLab
Industrial Requirementsbull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial
Emissions
C-Tick(2) Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with
bull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions
EEx(2) European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with
bull EN 50021 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection ldquonrdquo (Zone 2)
(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication 1770-41 ldquoIndustrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelinesrdquo
(2) See the Product Certification link at wwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 25
Mounting TemplateCut out the following template and use it to mark the holes for the mounting
tabs of the battery module
31299
Top
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
26 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 27
Dimensions
729 mm(287 in)
749 mm(295 in)
Oslash 55 mmOslash (0217 in)
2x R28 mm2x R(011 in)
376 mm(148 in)
937 mm (369 in)
1057 mm(416 in)
531 mm(209 in)
109 mm(043 in)
31300
742 mm(292 in)
864 mm(340 in)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
28 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Environment and Enclosure Information
ATTENTION
Environment and Enclosure
This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating
This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance
This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications
See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 (Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines) for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 29
European Hazardous Location Approval
European Zone 2 Certification
This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as
defined by European Union Directive 949EC
The LCIE (Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques) certifies that
this equipment has been found to comply with the Essential Health and
Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3
equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in
Annex II to this Directive The examination and test results are recorded in
confidential report No 28 682 010
Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been
assured by compliance with EN 50021
IMPORTANT bull This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation
bull The secondary of a current transformer shall not be open-circuited when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull Equipment of lesser Enclosure Type Rating must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley
bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
30 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations
Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux
Products marked ldquoCL I DIV 2 GP A B C Drdquo are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest ldquoTrdquo number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation
Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent qursquoagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque drsquoidentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons drsquoeacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de lrsquoinstallation
WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARDbull Do not disconnect
equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous
bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product
bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2
bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous
AVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSIONbull Couper le courant ou
srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement
bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit
bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2
bull Srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 31
Additional ManualsThis product has the following manuals
bull Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001
bull Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication
1756-RM003
bull ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756-UM001
If you want to Then
view a manual Visit either of these locations
bull wwwabcommanuals
bull wwwtheautomationbookstorecom
download a manual
purchase a printed manual
Use one of these options
bull contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative
bull visit wwwtheautomationbookstorecom and place an order
bull call 8009639548 (USACanada) or 0013207251574 (outside USACanada)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Black amp White Printing
Color Printing
Color Printing
14 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Attach the Cable to the Controller
1 Is a 1756-BA1 battery connected to the controller
WARNING An electrical arc can occur when you
bull connect or disconnect the battery
bull connect or disconnect the battery module from
the controller
This could cause an explosion in hazardous location
installations Be sure that power is removed or the area
is nonhazardous before proceeding
For Safety information on the handling of lithium
batteries including handling and disposal of leaking
batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium
Batteries publication AG 5-4
If Then
Yes Go to step 2
No Go to step 3
42964
2 Disconnect the 1756-BA1
battery
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 15
31303 M
31303-M
3 Attach the cable from the battery
module to the controller
to the battery module
top white lead
middle black lead (-)
bottom red lead (+)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
16 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Install the Battery Assembly
ATTENTION
Only install a 1756-BATA battery If you install a
different battery you may damage the controller
IMPORTANT Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
only when you are ready to use it Even if the battery
module is not connected to the controller the battery
assembly begins to discharge once you connect it to the
battery module
31298
1 Remove the door of the
battery module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 17
2 Put the battery assembly into the battery module with the wires facing
outward
3 Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
4 Replace the door of the battery module
WARNING When you connect or disconnect the battery an
electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion
in hazardous location installations Be sure that power
is removed or the area is nonhazardous before
proceeding
For Safety information on the handling of lithium
batteries including handling and disposal of leaking
batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium
Batteries publication AG 5-4
31304-M
no connection
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
18 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
5 Write on the battery label the date that you install the battery
assembly
EXAMPLE7901 Battery was installed on this date
31298
6 Attach the label to the front of the
battery module
7901
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 19
Check the BAT LED
1 Turn on the chassis power
2 Is the BAT LED off
3 Check that the battery module is correctly connected to the controller
4 Check that the battery assembly is correctly connected to the battery
module
5 If the BAT LED remains on install another battery assembly (catalog
1756-BATA)
6 If the BAT LED remains on after you complete step 5 contact your
Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor
If Then
Yes The battery module is correctly installed
No Go to step 3
31303-M
BAT LED
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
20 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Estimate Battery LifeWhen the battery is about 50 percent discharged the controller provides the
following warnings
bull On the front of the controller the BAT LED turns on (solid red)
bull A minor fault occurs (type 10 code 10)
To estimate how long the battery will support the memory of the controller
1 Determine the temperature (deg C) 1 in below the battery module
2 Determine the percentage of time that the controller is powered off
per week
4 Using ldquoTable 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA
batteryrdquo on page 21 determine the estimated worst-case battery life
before and after the BAT LED turns on
5 For each year of battery life decrease the time before the BAT LED
turns on by the percentage that is shown in the table (Do not
decrease the time after the BAT LED turns on)
EXAMPLE If a controller is off
bull 8 hrday during a 5-day work week
bull all day Saturday and Sunday
Then the controller is off 52 of the time
1 total hours per week = 7 x 24 +168 hours
2 total off hours per week = (5 days x 8 hrday) +
Saturday + Sunday = 88 hours
3 percentage off time = 88168 = 52
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 21
IMPORTANT If the BAT LED turns on when you apply power to the
controller the battery life may be less then the table
below indicates Some of the battery life may have been
used up while the controller was off and unable to turn
on the BAT LED
Table 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA battery
Controller Temp Time before BAT LED turns on Time after BAT LED turns on and then power off 100
Power off 100
Power off 50
Yearly decrease
1756-L55M12
1756-L55M13
60deg C 190 days 396 days 11 190 days
25deg C 299 days 562 days 5 299 days
0deg C 268 days 562 days 6 268 days
1756-L55M14 60deg C 130 days 270 days 11 139 days
25deg C 213 days 391 days 5 228 days
0deg C 180 days 381 days 6 193 days
1756-L55M16 60deg C 71 days 160 days 13 76 days
25deg C 133 days 253 days 5 142 days
0deg C 105 days 220 days 6 112 days
1756-L55M221756-L55M23
Use the values for the 1756-L55M13 controller
1756-L55M24 Use the values for the 1756-L55M14 controller
1756-L61
1756-L621756-L63
60deg C 98 days 204 days 11 104 days
25deg C 146 days 268 days 5 157 days
0deg C 105 days 222 days 6 113 days
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
22 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Specifications
Description Value
Supply Power input power 15 mA max 51V dc
output power 20 mA max 36V dc
Maximum Continuous Discharge Current
20 mA
Operating Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)
bull 0deg to 60deg C (32 to 140deg F)
Storage Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Un-packaged Non-operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Un-packaged Non-operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Un-packaged Non-operating Thermal Shock)
bull le30degC (86degF)
Relative Humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Un-packaged Non-operating Damp Heat)
operating 5 to 95 non-condensing
storage le30
Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)bull 2g 10-500Hz
Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
30g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 23
Non-Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
50g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Emissions CISPR 11bull Group 1 Class A
ESD Immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 6kV contact dischargesbull 8kV air discharges
Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 80MHz
to 2000MHz
Enclosure Type Rating None (open-style)
Cable 1 m
category 3(1)
Replacement Battery Assembly
1756-BATA (10g lithium)
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
24 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Certifications
(when product is marked)
UR UL Recognized Component Industrial Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations
CE(2) European Union 89336EEC EMC Directive compliant with
bull EN 50082-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61326 MeasControlLab
Industrial Requirementsbull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial
Emissions
C-Tick(2) Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with
bull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions
EEx(2) European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with
bull EN 50021 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection ldquonrdquo (Zone 2)
(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication 1770-41 ldquoIndustrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelinesrdquo
(2) See the Product Certification link at wwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 25
Mounting TemplateCut out the following template and use it to mark the holes for the mounting
tabs of the battery module
31299
Top
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
26 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 27
Dimensions
729 mm(287 in)
749 mm(295 in)
Oslash 55 mmOslash (0217 in)
2x R28 mm2x R(011 in)
376 mm(148 in)
937 mm (369 in)
1057 mm(416 in)
531 mm(209 in)
109 mm(043 in)
31300
742 mm(292 in)
864 mm(340 in)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
28 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Environment and Enclosure Information
ATTENTION
Environment and Enclosure
This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating
This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance
This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications
See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 (Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines) for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 29
European Hazardous Location Approval
European Zone 2 Certification
This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as
defined by European Union Directive 949EC
The LCIE (Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques) certifies that
this equipment has been found to comply with the Essential Health and
Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3
equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in
Annex II to this Directive The examination and test results are recorded in
confidential report No 28 682 010
Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been
assured by compliance with EN 50021
IMPORTANT bull This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation
bull The secondary of a current transformer shall not be open-circuited when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull Equipment of lesser Enclosure Type Rating must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley
bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
30 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations
Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux
Products marked ldquoCL I DIV 2 GP A B C Drdquo are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest ldquoTrdquo number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation
Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent qursquoagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque drsquoidentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons drsquoeacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de lrsquoinstallation
WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARDbull Do not disconnect
equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous
bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product
bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2
bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous
AVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSIONbull Couper le courant ou
srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement
bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit
bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2
bull Srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 31
Additional ManualsThis product has the following manuals
bull Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001
bull Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication
1756-RM003
bull ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756-UM001
If you want to Then
view a manual Visit either of these locations
bull wwwabcommanuals
bull wwwtheautomationbookstorecom
download a manual
purchase a printed manual
Use one of these options
bull contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative
bull visit wwwtheautomationbookstorecom and place an order
bull call 8009639548 (USACanada) or 0013207251574 (outside USACanada)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Black amp White Printing
Color Printing
Color Printing
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 15
31303 M
31303-M
3 Attach the cable from the battery
module to the controller
to the battery module
top white lead
middle black lead (-)
bottom red lead (+)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
16 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Install the Battery Assembly
ATTENTION
Only install a 1756-BATA battery If you install a
different battery you may damage the controller
IMPORTANT Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
only when you are ready to use it Even if the battery
module is not connected to the controller the battery
assembly begins to discharge once you connect it to the
battery module
31298
1 Remove the door of the
battery module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 17
2 Put the battery assembly into the battery module with the wires facing
outward
3 Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
4 Replace the door of the battery module
WARNING When you connect or disconnect the battery an
electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion
in hazardous location installations Be sure that power
is removed or the area is nonhazardous before
proceeding
For Safety information on the handling of lithium
batteries including handling and disposal of leaking
batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium
Batteries publication AG 5-4
31304-M
no connection
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
18 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
5 Write on the battery label the date that you install the battery
assembly
EXAMPLE7901 Battery was installed on this date
31298
6 Attach the label to the front of the
battery module
7901
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 19
Check the BAT LED
1 Turn on the chassis power
2 Is the BAT LED off
3 Check that the battery module is correctly connected to the controller
4 Check that the battery assembly is correctly connected to the battery
module
5 If the BAT LED remains on install another battery assembly (catalog
1756-BATA)
6 If the BAT LED remains on after you complete step 5 contact your
Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor
If Then
Yes The battery module is correctly installed
No Go to step 3
31303-M
BAT LED
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
20 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Estimate Battery LifeWhen the battery is about 50 percent discharged the controller provides the
following warnings
bull On the front of the controller the BAT LED turns on (solid red)
bull A minor fault occurs (type 10 code 10)
To estimate how long the battery will support the memory of the controller
1 Determine the temperature (deg C) 1 in below the battery module
2 Determine the percentage of time that the controller is powered off
per week
4 Using ldquoTable 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA
batteryrdquo on page 21 determine the estimated worst-case battery life
before and after the BAT LED turns on
5 For each year of battery life decrease the time before the BAT LED
turns on by the percentage that is shown in the table (Do not
decrease the time after the BAT LED turns on)
EXAMPLE If a controller is off
bull 8 hrday during a 5-day work week
bull all day Saturday and Sunday
Then the controller is off 52 of the time
1 total hours per week = 7 x 24 +168 hours
2 total off hours per week = (5 days x 8 hrday) +
Saturday + Sunday = 88 hours
3 percentage off time = 88168 = 52
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 21
IMPORTANT If the BAT LED turns on when you apply power to the
controller the battery life may be less then the table
below indicates Some of the battery life may have been
used up while the controller was off and unable to turn
on the BAT LED
Table 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA battery
Controller Temp Time before BAT LED turns on Time after BAT LED turns on and then power off 100
Power off 100
Power off 50
Yearly decrease
1756-L55M12
1756-L55M13
60deg C 190 days 396 days 11 190 days
25deg C 299 days 562 days 5 299 days
0deg C 268 days 562 days 6 268 days
1756-L55M14 60deg C 130 days 270 days 11 139 days
25deg C 213 days 391 days 5 228 days
0deg C 180 days 381 days 6 193 days
1756-L55M16 60deg C 71 days 160 days 13 76 days
25deg C 133 days 253 days 5 142 days
0deg C 105 days 220 days 6 112 days
1756-L55M221756-L55M23
Use the values for the 1756-L55M13 controller
1756-L55M24 Use the values for the 1756-L55M14 controller
1756-L61
1756-L621756-L63
60deg C 98 days 204 days 11 104 days
25deg C 146 days 268 days 5 157 days
0deg C 105 days 222 days 6 113 days
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
22 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Specifications
Description Value
Supply Power input power 15 mA max 51V dc
output power 20 mA max 36V dc
Maximum Continuous Discharge Current
20 mA
Operating Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)
bull 0deg to 60deg C (32 to 140deg F)
Storage Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Un-packaged Non-operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Un-packaged Non-operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Un-packaged Non-operating Thermal Shock)
bull le30degC (86degF)
Relative Humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Un-packaged Non-operating Damp Heat)
operating 5 to 95 non-condensing
storage le30
Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)bull 2g 10-500Hz
Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
30g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 23
Non-Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
50g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Emissions CISPR 11bull Group 1 Class A
ESD Immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 6kV contact dischargesbull 8kV air discharges
Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 80MHz
to 2000MHz
Enclosure Type Rating None (open-style)
Cable 1 m
category 3(1)
Replacement Battery Assembly
1756-BATA (10g lithium)
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
24 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Certifications
(when product is marked)
UR UL Recognized Component Industrial Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations
CE(2) European Union 89336EEC EMC Directive compliant with
bull EN 50082-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61326 MeasControlLab
Industrial Requirementsbull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial
Emissions
C-Tick(2) Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with
bull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions
EEx(2) European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with
bull EN 50021 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection ldquonrdquo (Zone 2)
(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication 1770-41 ldquoIndustrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelinesrdquo
(2) See the Product Certification link at wwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 25
Mounting TemplateCut out the following template and use it to mark the holes for the mounting
tabs of the battery module
31299
Top
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
26 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 27
Dimensions
729 mm(287 in)
749 mm(295 in)
Oslash 55 mmOslash (0217 in)
2x R28 mm2x R(011 in)
376 mm(148 in)
937 mm (369 in)
1057 mm(416 in)
531 mm(209 in)
109 mm(043 in)
31300
742 mm(292 in)
864 mm(340 in)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
28 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Environment and Enclosure Information
ATTENTION
Environment and Enclosure
This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating
This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance
This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications
See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 (Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines) for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 29
European Hazardous Location Approval
European Zone 2 Certification
This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as
defined by European Union Directive 949EC
The LCIE (Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques) certifies that
this equipment has been found to comply with the Essential Health and
Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3
equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in
Annex II to this Directive The examination and test results are recorded in
confidential report No 28 682 010
Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been
assured by compliance with EN 50021
IMPORTANT bull This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation
bull The secondary of a current transformer shall not be open-circuited when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull Equipment of lesser Enclosure Type Rating must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley
bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
30 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations
Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux
Products marked ldquoCL I DIV 2 GP A B C Drdquo are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest ldquoTrdquo number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation
Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent qursquoagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque drsquoidentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons drsquoeacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de lrsquoinstallation
WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARDbull Do not disconnect
equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous
bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product
bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2
bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous
AVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSIONbull Couper le courant ou
srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement
bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit
bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2
bull Srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 31
Additional ManualsThis product has the following manuals
bull Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001
bull Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication
1756-RM003
bull ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756-UM001
If you want to Then
view a manual Visit either of these locations
bull wwwabcommanuals
bull wwwtheautomationbookstorecom
download a manual
purchase a printed manual
Use one of these options
bull contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative
bull visit wwwtheautomationbookstorecom and place an order
bull call 8009639548 (USACanada) or 0013207251574 (outside USACanada)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Black amp White Printing
Color Printing
Color Printing
16 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Install the Battery Assembly
ATTENTION
Only install a 1756-BATA battery If you install a
different battery you may damage the controller
IMPORTANT Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
only when you are ready to use it Even if the battery
module is not connected to the controller the battery
assembly begins to discharge once you connect it to the
battery module
31298
1 Remove the door of the
battery module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 17
2 Put the battery assembly into the battery module with the wires facing
outward
3 Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
4 Replace the door of the battery module
WARNING When you connect or disconnect the battery an
electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion
in hazardous location installations Be sure that power
is removed or the area is nonhazardous before
proceeding
For Safety information on the handling of lithium
batteries including handling and disposal of leaking
batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium
Batteries publication AG 5-4
31304-M
no connection
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
18 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
5 Write on the battery label the date that you install the battery
assembly
EXAMPLE7901 Battery was installed on this date
31298
6 Attach the label to the front of the
battery module
7901
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 19
Check the BAT LED
1 Turn on the chassis power
2 Is the BAT LED off
3 Check that the battery module is correctly connected to the controller
4 Check that the battery assembly is correctly connected to the battery
module
5 If the BAT LED remains on install another battery assembly (catalog
1756-BATA)
6 If the BAT LED remains on after you complete step 5 contact your
Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor
If Then
Yes The battery module is correctly installed
No Go to step 3
31303-M
BAT LED
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
20 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Estimate Battery LifeWhen the battery is about 50 percent discharged the controller provides the
following warnings
bull On the front of the controller the BAT LED turns on (solid red)
bull A minor fault occurs (type 10 code 10)
To estimate how long the battery will support the memory of the controller
1 Determine the temperature (deg C) 1 in below the battery module
2 Determine the percentage of time that the controller is powered off
per week
4 Using ldquoTable 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA
batteryrdquo on page 21 determine the estimated worst-case battery life
before and after the BAT LED turns on
5 For each year of battery life decrease the time before the BAT LED
turns on by the percentage that is shown in the table (Do not
decrease the time after the BAT LED turns on)
EXAMPLE If a controller is off
bull 8 hrday during a 5-day work week
bull all day Saturday and Sunday
Then the controller is off 52 of the time
1 total hours per week = 7 x 24 +168 hours
2 total off hours per week = (5 days x 8 hrday) +
Saturday + Sunday = 88 hours
3 percentage off time = 88168 = 52
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 21
IMPORTANT If the BAT LED turns on when you apply power to the
controller the battery life may be less then the table
below indicates Some of the battery life may have been
used up while the controller was off and unable to turn
on the BAT LED
Table 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA battery
Controller Temp Time before BAT LED turns on Time after BAT LED turns on and then power off 100
Power off 100
Power off 50
Yearly decrease
1756-L55M12
1756-L55M13
60deg C 190 days 396 days 11 190 days
25deg C 299 days 562 days 5 299 days
0deg C 268 days 562 days 6 268 days
1756-L55M14 60deg C 130 days 270 days 11 139 days
25deg C 213 days 391 days 5 228 days
0deg C 180 days 381 days 6 193 days
1756-L55M16 60deg C 71 days 160 days 13 76 days
25deg C 133 days 253 days 5 142 days
0deg C 105 days 220 days 6 112 days
1756-L55M221756-L55M23
Use the values for the 1756-L55M13 controller
1756-L55M24 Use the values for the 1756-L55M14 controller
1756-L61
1756-L621756-L63
60deg C 98 days 204 days 11 104 days
25deg C 146 days 268 days 5 157 days
0deg C 105 days 222 days 6 113 days
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
22 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Specifications
Description Value
Supply Power input power 15 mA max 51V dc
output power 20 mA max 36V dc
Maximum Continuous Discharge Current
20 mA
Operating Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)
bull 0deg to 60deg C (32 to 140deg F)
Storage Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Un-packaged Non-operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Un-packaged Non-operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Un-packaged Non-operating Thermal Shock)
bull le30degC (86degF)
Relative Humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Un-packaged Non-operating Damp Heat)
operating 5 to 95 non-condensing
storage le30
Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)bull 2g 10-500Hz
Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
30g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 23
Non-Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
50g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Emissions CISPR 11bull Group 1 Class A
ESD Immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 6kV contact dischargesbull 8kV air discharges
Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 80MHz
to 2000MHz
Enclosure Type Rating None (open-style)
Cable 1 m
category 3(1)
Replacement Battery Assembly
1756-BATA (10g lithium)
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
24 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Certifications
(when product is marked)
UR UL Recognized Component Industrial Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations
CE(2) European Union 89336EEC EMC Directive compliant with
bull EN 50082-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61326 MeasControlLab
Industrial Requirementsbull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial
Emissions
C-Tick(2) Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with
bull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions
EEx(2) European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with
bull EN 50021 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection ldquonrdquo (Zone 2)
(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication 1770-41 ldquoIndustrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelinesrdquo
(2) See the Product Certification link at wwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 25
Mounting TemplateCut out the following template and use it to mark the holes for the mounting
tabs of the battery module
31299
Top
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
26 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 27
Dimensions
729 mm(287 in)
749 mm(295 in)
Oslash 55 mmOslash (0217 in)
2x R28 mm2x R(011 in)
376 mm(148 in)
937 mm (369 in)
1057 mm(416 in)
531 mm(209 in)
109 mm(043 in)
31300
742 mm(292 in)
864 mm(340 in)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
28 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Environment and Enclosure Information
ATTENTION
Environment and Enclosure
This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating
This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance
This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications
See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 (Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines) for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 29
European Hazardous Location Approval
European Zone 2 Certification
This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as
defined by European Union Directive 949EC
The LCIE (Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques) certifies that
this equipment has been found to comply with the Essential Health and
Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3
equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in
Annex II to this Directive The examination and test results are recorded in
confidential report No 28 682 010
Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been
assured by compliance with EN 50021
IMPORTANT bull This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation
bull The secondary of a current transformer shall not be open-circuited when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull Equipment of lesser Enclosure Type Rating must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley
bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
30 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations
Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux
Products marked ldquoCL I DIV 2 GP A B C Drdquo are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest ldquoTrdquo number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation
Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent qursquoagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque drsquoidentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons drsquoeacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de lrsquoinstallation
WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARDbull Do not disconnect
equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous
bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product
bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2
bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous
AVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSIONbull Couper le courant ou
srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement
bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit
bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2
bull Srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 31
Additional ManualsThis product has the following manuals
bull Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001
bull Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication
1756-RM003
bull ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756-UM001
If you want to Then
view a manual Visit either of these locations
bull wwwabcommanuals
bull wwwtheautomationbookstorecom
download a manual
purchase a printed manual
Use one of these options
bull contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative
bull visit wwwtheautomationbookstorecom and place an order
bull call 8009639548 (USACanada) or 0013207251574 (outside USACanada)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Black amp White Printing
Color Printing
Color Printing
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 17
2 Put the battery assembly into the battery module with the wires facing
outward
3 Connect the battery assembly to the battery module
4 Replace the door of the battery module
WARNING When you connect or disconnect the battery an
electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion
in hazardous location installations Be sure that power
is removed or the area is nonhazardous before
proceeding
For Safety information on the handling of lithium
batteries including handling and disposal of leaking
batteries see Guidelines for Handling Lithium
Batteries publication AG 5-4
31304-M
no connection
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
18 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
5 Write on the battery label the date that you install the battery
assembly
EXAMPLE7901 Battery was installed on this date
31298
6 Attach the label to the front of the
battery module
7901
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 19
Check the BAT LED
1 Turn on the chassis power
2 Is the BAT LED off
3 Check that the battery module is correctly connected to the controller
4 Check that the battery assembly is correctly connected to the battery
module
5 If the BAT LED remains on install another battery assembly (catalog
1756-BATA)
6 If the BAT LED remains on after you complete step 5 contact your
Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor
If Then
Yes The battery module is correctly installed
No Go to step 3
31303-M
BAT LED
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
20 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Estimate Battery LifeWhen the battery is about 50 percent discharged the controller provides the
following warnings
bull On the front of the controller the BAT LED turns on (solid red)
bull A minor fault occurs (type 10 code 10)
To estimate how long the battery will support the memory of the controller
1 Determine the temperature (deg C) 1 in below the battery module
2 Determine the percentage of time that the controller is powered off
per week
4 Using ldquoTable 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA
batteryrdquo on page 21 determine the estimated worst-case battery life
before and after the BAT LED turns on
5 For each year of battery life decrease the time before the BAT LED
turns on by the percentage that is shown in the table (Do not
decrease the time after the BAT LED turns on)
EXAMPLE If a controller is off
bull 8 hrday during a 5-day work week
bull all day Saturday and Sunday
Then the controller is off 52 of the time
1 total hours per week = 7 x 24 +168 hours
2 total off hours per week = (5 days x 8 hrday) +
Saturday + Sunday = 88 hours
3 percentage off time = 88168 = 52
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 21
IMPORTANT If the BAT LED turns on when you apply power to the
controller the battery life may be less then the table
below indicates Some of the battery life may have been
used up while the controller was off and unable to turn
on the BAT LED
Table 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA battery
Controller Temp Time before BAT LED turns on Time after BAT LED turns on and then power off 100
Power off 100
Power off 50
Yearly decrease
1756-L55M12
1756-L55M13
60deg C 190 days 396 days 11 190 days
25deg C 299 days 562 days 5 299 days
0deg C 268 days 562 days 6 268 days
1756-L55M14 60deg C 130 days 270 days 11 139 days
25deg C 213 days 391 days 5 228 days
0deg C 180 days 381 days 6 193 days
1756-L55M16 60deg C 71 days 160 days 13 76 days
25deg C 133 days 253 days 5 142 days
0deg C 105 days 220 days 6 112 days
1756-L55M221756-L55M23
Use the values for the 1756-L55M13 controller
1756-L55M24 Use the values for the 1756-L55M14 controller
1756-L61
1756-L621756-L63
60deg C 98 days 204 days 11 104 days
25deg C 146 days 268 days 5 157 days
0deg C 105 days 222 days 6 113 days
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
22 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Specifications
Description Value
Supply Power input power 15 mA max 51V dc
output power 20 mA max 36V dc
Maximum Continuous Discharge Current
20 mA
Operating Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)
bull 0deg to 60deg C (32 to 140deg F)
Storage Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Un-packaged Non-operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Un-packaged Non-operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Un-packaged Non-operating Thermal Shock)
bull le30degC (86degF)
Relative Humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Un-packaged Non-operating Damp Heat)
operating 5 to 95 non-condensing
storage le30
Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)bull 2g 10-500Hz
Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
30g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 23
Non-Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
50g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Emissions CISPR 11bull Group 1 Class A
ESD Immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 6kV contact dischargesbull 8kV air discharges
Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 80MHz
to 2000MHz
Enclosure Type Rating None (open-style)
Cable 1 m
category 3(1)
Replacement Battery Assembly
1756-BATA (10g lithium)
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
24 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Certifications
(when product is marked)
UR UL Recognized Component Industrial Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations
CE(2) European Union 89336EEC EMC Directive compliant with
bull EN 50082-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61326 MeasControlLab
Industrial Requirementsbull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial
Emissions
C-Tick(2) Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with
bull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions
EEx(2) European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with
bull EN 50021 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection ldquonrdquo (Zone 2)
(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication 1770-41 ldquoIndustrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelinesrdquo
(2) See the Product Certification link at wwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 25
Mounting TemplateCut out the following template and use it to mark the holes for the mounting
tabs of the battery module
31299
Top
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
26 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 27
Dimensions
729 mm(287 in)
749 mm(295 in)
Oslash 55 mmOslash (0217 in)
2x R28 mm2x R(011 in)
376 mm(148 in)
937 mm (369 in)
1057 mm(416 in)
531 mm(209 in)
109 mm(043 in)
31300
742 mm(292 in)
864 mm(340 in)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
28 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Environment and Enclosure Information
ATTENTION
Environment and Enclosure
This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating
This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance
This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications
See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 (Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines) for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 29
European Hazardous Location Approval
European Zone 2 Certification
This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as
defined by European Union Directive 949EC
The LCIE (Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques) certifies that
this equipment has been found to comply with the Essential Health and
Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3
equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in
Annex II to this Directive The examination and test results are recorded in
confidential report No 28 682 010
Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been
assured by compliance with EN 50021
IMPORTANT bull This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation
bull The secondary of a current transformer shall not be open-circuited when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull Equipment of lesser Enclosure Type Rating must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley
bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
30 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations
Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux
Products marked ldquoCL I DIV 2 GP A B C Drdquo are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest ldquoTrdquo number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation
Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent qursquoagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque drsquoidentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons drsquoeacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de lrsquoinstallation
WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARDbull Do not disconnect
equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous
bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product
bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2
bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous
AVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSIONbull Couper le courant ou
srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement
bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit
bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2
bull Srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 31
Additional ManualsThis product has the following manuals
bull Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001
bull Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication
1756-RM003
bull ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756-UM001
If you want to Then
view a manual Visit either of these locations
bull wwwabcommanuals
bull wwwtheautomationbookstorecom
download a manual
purchase a printed manual
Use one of these options
bull contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative
bull visit wwwtheautomationbookstorecom and place an order
bull call 8009639548 (USACanada) or 0013207251574 (outside USACanada)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Black amp White Printing
Color Printing
Color Printing
18 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
5 Write on the battery label the date that you install the battery
assembly
EXAMPLE7901 Battery was installed on this date
31298
6 Attach the label to the front of the
battery module
7901
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 19
Check the BAT LED
1 Turn on the chassis power
2 Is the BAT LED off
3 Check that the battery module is correctly connected to the controller
4 Check that the battery assembly is correctly connected to the battery
module
5 If the BAT LED remains on install another battery assembly (catalog
1756-BATA)
6 If the BAT LED remains on after you complete step 5 contact your
Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor
If Then
Yes The battery module is correctly installed
No Go to step 3
31303-M
BAT LED
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
20 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Estimate Battery LifeWhen the battery is about 50 percent discharged the controller provides the
following warnings
bull On the front of the controller the BAT LED turns on (solid red)
bull A minor fault occurs (type 10 code 10)
To estimate how long the battery will support the memory of the controller
1 Determine the temperature (deg C) 1 in below the battery module
2 Determine the percentage of time that the controller is powered off
per week
4 Using ldquoTable 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA
batteryrdquo on page 21 determine the estimated worst-case battery life
before and after the BAT LED turns on
5 For each year of battery life decrease the time before the BAT LED
turns on by the percentage that is shown in the table (Do not
decrease the time after the BAT LED turns on)
EXAMPLE If a controller is off
bull 8 hrday during a 5-day work week
bull all day Saturday and Sunday
Then the controller is off 52 of the time
1 total hours per week = 7 x 24 +168 hours
2 total off hours per week = (5 days x 8 hrday) +
Saturday + Sunday = 88 hours
3 percentage off time = 88168 = 52
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 21
IMPORTANT If the BAT LED turns on when you apply power to the
controller the battery life may be less then the table
below indicates Some of the battery life may have been
used up while the controller was off and unable to turn
on the BAT LED
Table 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA battery
Controller Temp Time before BAT LED turns on Time after BAT LED turns on and then power off 100
Power off 100
Power off 50
Yearly decrease
1756-L55M12
1756-L55M13
60deg C 190 days 396 days 11 190 days
25deg C 299 days 562 days 5 299 days
0deg C 268 days 562 days 6 268 days
1756-L55M14 60deg C 130 days 270 days 11 139 days
25deg C 213 days 391 days 5 228 days
0deg C 180 days 381 days 6 193 days
1756-L55M16 60deg C 71 days 160 days 13 76 days
25deg C 133 days 253 days 5 142 days
0deg C 105 days 220 days 6 112 days
1756-L55M221756-L55M23
Use the values for the 1756-L55M13 controller
1756-L55M24 Use the values for the 1756-L55M14 controller
1756-L61
1756-L621756-L63
60deg C 98 days 204 days 11 104 days
25deg C 146 days 268 days 5 157 days
0deg C 105 days 222 days 6 113 days
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
22 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Specifications
Description Value
Supply Power input power 15 mA max 51V dc
output power 20 mA max 36V dc
Maximum Continuous Discharge Current
20 mA
Operating Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)
bull 0deg to 60deg C (32 to 140deg F)
Storage Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Un-packaged Non-operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Un-packaged Non-operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Un-packaged Non-operating Thermal Shock)
bull le30degC (86degF)
Relative Humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Un-packaged Non-operating Damp Heat)
operating 5 to 95 non-condensing
storage le30
Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)bull 2g 10-500Hz
Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
30g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 23
Non-Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
50g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Emissions CISPR 11bull Group 1 Class A
ESD Immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 6kV contact dischargesbull 8kV air discharges
Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 80MHz
to 2000MHz
Enclosure Type Rating None (open-style)
Cable 1 m
category 3(1)
Replacement Battery Assembly
1756-BATA (10g lithium)
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
24 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Certifications
(when product is marked)
UR UL Recognized Component Industrial Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations
CE(2) European Union 89336EEC EMC Directive compliant with
bull EN 50082-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61326 MeasControlLab
Industrial Requirementsbull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial
Emissions
C-Tick(2) Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with
bull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions
EEx(2) European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with
bull EN 50021 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection ldquonrdquo (Zone 2)
(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication 1770-41 ldquoIndustrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelinesrdquo
(2) See the Product Certification link at wwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 25
Mounting TemplateCut out the following template and use it to mark the holes for the mounting
tabs of the battery module
31299
Top
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
26 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 27
Dimensions
729 mm(287 in)
749 mm(295 in)
Oslash 55 mmOslash (0217 in)
2x R28 mm2x R(011 in)
376 mm(148 in)
937 mm (369 in)
1057 mm(416 in)
531 mm(209 in)
109 mm(043 in)
31300
742 mm(292 in)
864 mm(340 in)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
28 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Environment and Enclosure Information
ATTENTION
Environment and Enclosure
This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating
This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance
This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications
See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 (Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines) for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 29
European Hazardous Location Approval
European Zone 2 Certification
This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as
defined by European Union Directive 949EC
The LCIE (Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques) certifies that
this equipment has been found to comply with the Essential Health and
Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3
equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in
Annex II to this Directive The examination and test results are recorded in
confidential report No 28 682 010
Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been
assured by compliance with EN 50021
IMPORTANT bull This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation
bull The secondary of a current transformer shall not be open-circuited when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull Equipment of lesser Enclosure Type Rating must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley
bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
30 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations
Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux
Products marked ldquoCL I DIV 2 GP A B C Drdquo are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest ldquoTrdquo number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation
Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent qursquoagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque drsquoidentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons drsquoeacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de lrsquoinstallation
WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARDbull Do not disconnect
equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous
bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product
bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2
bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous
AVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSIONbull Couper le courant ou
srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement
bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit
bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2
bull Srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 31
Additional ManualsThis product has the following manuals
bull Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001
bull Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication
1756-RM003
bull ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756-UM001
If you want to Then
view a manual Visit either of these locations
bull wwwabcommanuals
bull wwwtheautomationbookstorecom
download a manual
purchase a printed manual
Use one of these options
bull contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative
bull visit wwwtheautomationbookstorecom and place an order
bull call 8009639548 (USACanada) or 0013207251574 (outside USACanada)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Black amp White Printing
Color Printing
Color Printing
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 19
Check the BAT LED
1 Turn on the chassis power
2 Is the BAT LED off
3 Check that the battery module is correctly connected to the controller
4 Check that the battery assembly is correctly connected to the battery
module
5 If the BAT LED remains on install another battery assembly (catalog
1756-BATA)
6 If the BAT LED remains on after you complete step 5 contact your
Rockwell Automation representative or local distributor
If Then
Yes The battery module is correctly installed
No Go to step 3
31303-M
BAT LED
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
20 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Estimate Battery LifeWhen the battery is about 50 percent discharged the controller provides the
following warnings
bull On the front of the controller the BAT LED turns on (solid red)
bull A minor fault occurs (type 10 code 10)
To estimate how long the battery will support the memory of the controller
1 Determine the temperature (deg C) 1 in below the battery module
2 Determine the percentage of time that the controller is powered off
per week
4 Using ldquoTable 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA
batteryrdquo on page 21 determine the estimated worst-case battery life
before and after the BAT LED turns on
5 For each year of battery life decrease the time before the BAT LED
turns on by the percentage that is shown in the table (Do not
decrease the time after the BAT LED turns on)
EXAMPLE If a controller is off
bull 8 hrday during a 5-day work week
bull all day Saturday and Sunday
Then the controller is off 52 of the time
1 total hours per week = 7 x 24 +168 hours
2 total off hours per week = (5 days x 8 hrday) +
Saturday + Sunday = 88 hours
3 percentage off time = 88168 = 52
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 21
IMPORTANT If the BAT LED turns on when you apply power to the
controller the battery life may be less then the table
below indicates Some of the battery life may have been
used up while the controller was off and unable to turn
on the BAT LED
Table 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA battery
Controller Temp Time before BAT LED turns on Time after BAT LED turns on and then power off 100
Power off 100
Power off 50
Yearly decrease
1756-L55M12
1756-L55M13
60deg C 190 days 396 days 11 190 days
25deg C 299 days 562 days 5 299 days
0deg C 268 days 562 days 6 268 days
1756-L55M14 60deg C 130 days 270 days 11 139 days
25deg C 213 days 391 days 5 228 days
0deg C 180 days 381 days 6 193 days
1756-L55M16 60deg C 71 days 160 days 13 76 days
25deg C 133 days 253 days 5 142 days
0deg C 105 days 220 days 6 112 days
1756-L55M221756-L55M23
Use the values for the 1756-L55M13 controller
1756-L55M24 Use the values for the 1756-L55M14 controller
1756-L61
1756-L621756-L63
60deg C 98 days 204 days 11 104 days
25deg C 146 days 268 days 5 157 days
0deg C 105 days 222 days 6 113 days
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
22 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Specifications
Description Value
Supply Power input power 15 mA max 51V dc
output power 20 mA max 36V dc
Maximum Continuous Discharge Current
20 mA
Operating Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)
bull 0deg to 60deg C (32 to 140deg F)
Storage Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Un-packaged Non-operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Un-packaged Non-operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Un-packaged Non-operating Thermal Shock)
bull le30degC (86degF)
Relative Humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Un-packaged Non-operating Damp Heat)
operating 5 to 95 non-condensing
storage le30
Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)bull 2g 10-500Hz
Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
30g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 23
Non-Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
50g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Emissions CISPR 11bull Group 1 Class A
ESD Immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 6kV contact dischargesbull 8kV air discharges
Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 80MHz
to 2000MHz
Enclosure Type Rating None (open-style)
Cable 1 m
category 3(1)
Replacement Battery Assembly
1756-BATA (10g lithium)
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
24 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Certifications
(when product is marked)
UR UL Recognized Component Industrial Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations
CE(2) European Union 89336EEC EMC Directive compliant with
bull EN 50082-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61326 MeasControlLab
Industrial Requirementsbull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial
Emissions
C-Tick(2) Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with
bull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions
EEx(2) European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with
bull EN 50021 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection ldquonrdquo (Zone 2)
(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication 1770-41 ldquoIndustrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelinesrdquo
(2) See the Product Certification link at wwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 25
Mounting TemplateCut out the following template and use it to mark the holes for the mounting
tabs of the battery module
31299
Top
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
26 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 27
Dimensions
729 mm(287 in)
749 mm(295 in)
Oslash 55 mmOslash (0217 in)
2x R28 mm2x R(011 in)
376 mm(148 in)
937 mm (369 in)
1057 mm(416 in)
531 mm(209 in)
109 mm(043 in)
31300
742 mm(292 in)
864 mm(340 in)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
28 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Environment and Enclosure Information
ATTENTION
Environment and Enclosure
This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating
This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance
This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications
See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 (Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines) for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 29
European Hazardous Location Approval
European Zone 2 Certification
This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as
defined by European Union Directive 949EC
The LCIE (Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques) certifies that
this equipment has been found to comply with the Essential Health and
Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3
equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in
Annex II to this Directive The examination and test results are recorded in
confidential report No 28 682 010
Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been
assured by compliance with EN 50021
IMPORTANT bull This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation
bull The secondary of a current transformer shall not be open-circuited when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull Equipment of lesser Enclosure Type Rating must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley
bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
30 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations
Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux
Products marked ldquoCL I DIV 2 GP A B C Drdquo are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest ldquoTrdquo number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation
Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent qursquoagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque drsquoidentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons drsquoeacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de lrsquoinstallation
WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARDbull Do not disconnect
equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous
bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product
bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2
bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous
AVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSIONbull Couper le courant ou
srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement
bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit
bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2
bull Srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 31
Additional ManualsThis product has the following manuals
bull Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001
bull Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication
1756-RM003
bull ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756-UM001
If you want to Then
view a manual Visit either of these locations
bull wwwabcommanuals
bull wwwtheautomationbookstorecom
download a manual
purchase a printed manual
Use one of these options
bull contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative
bull visit wwwtheautomationbookstorecom and place an order
bull call 8009639548 (USACanada) or 0013207251574 (outside USACanada)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Black amp White Printing
Color Printing
Color Printing
20 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Estimate Battery LifeWhen the battery is about 50 percent discharged the controller provides the
following warnings
bull On the front of the controller the BAT LED turns on (solid red)
bull A minor fault occurs (type 10 code 10)
To estimate how long the battery will support the memory of the controller
1 Determine the temperature (deg C) 1 in below the battery module
2 Determine the percentage of time that the controller is powered off
per week
4 Using ldquoTable 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA
batteryrdquo on page 21 determine the estimated worst-case battery life
before and after the BAT LED turns on
5 For each year of battery life decrease the time before the BAT LED
turns on by the percentage that is shown in the table (Do not
decrease the time after the BAT LED turns on)
EXAMPLE If a controller is off
bull 8 hrday during a 5-day work week
bull all day Saturday and Sunday
Then the controller is off 52 of the time
1 total hours per week = 7 x 24 +168 hours
2 total off hours per week = (5 days x 8 hrday) +
Saturday + Sunday = 88 hours
3 percentage off time = 88168 = 52
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 21
IMPORTANT If the BAT LED turns on when you apply power to the
controller the battery life may be less then the table
below indicates Some of the battery life may have been
used up while the controller was off and unable to turn
on the BAT LED
Table 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA battery
Controller Temp Time before BAT LED turns on Time after BAT LED turns on and then power off 100
Power off 100
Power off 50
Yearly decrease
1756-L55M12
1756-L55M13
60deg C 190 days 396 days 11 190 days
25deg C 299 days 562 days 5 299 days
0deg C 268 days 562 days 6 268 days
1756-L55M14 60deg C 130 days 270 days 11 139 days
25deg C 213 days 391 days 5 228 days
0deg C 180 days 381 days 6 193 days
1756-L55M16 60deg C 71 days 160 days 13 76 days
25deg C 133 days 253 days 5 142 days
0deg C 105 days 220 days 6 112 days
1756-L55M221756-L55M23
Use the values for the 1756-L55M13 controller
1756-L55M24 Use the values for the 1756-L55M14 controller
1756-L61
1756-L621756-L63
60deg C 98 days 204 days 11 104 days
25deg C 146 days 268 days 5 157 days
0deg C 105 days 222 days 6 113 days
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
22 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Specifications
Description Value
Supply Power input power 15 mA max 51V dc
output power 20 mA max 36V dc
Maximum Continuous Discharge Current
20 mA
Operating Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)
bull 0deg to 60deg C (32 to 140deg F)
Storage Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Un-packaged Non-operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Un-packaged Non-operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Un-packaged Non-operating Thermal Shock)
bull le30degC (86degF)
Relative Humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Un-packaged Non-operating Damp Heat)
operating 5 to 95 non-condensing
storage le30
Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)bull 2g 10-500Hz
Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
30g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 23
Non-Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
50g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Emissions CISPR 11bull Group 1 Class A
ESD Immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 6kV contact dischargesbull 8kV air discharges
Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 80MHz
to 2000MHz
Enclosure Type Rating None (open-style)
Cable 1 m
category 3(1)
Replacement Battery Assembly
1756-BATA (10g lithium)
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
24 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Certifications
(when product is marked)
UR UL Recognized Component Industrial Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations
CE(2) European Union 89336EEC EMC Directive compliant with
bull EN 50082-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61326 MeasControlLab
Industrial Requirementsbull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial
Emissions
C-Tick(2) Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with
bull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions
EEx(2) European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with
bull EN 50021 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection ldquonrdquo (Zone 2)
(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication 1770-41 ldquoIndustrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelinesrdquo
(2) See the Product Certification link at wwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 25
Mounting TemplateCut out the following template and use it to mark the holes for the mounting
tabs of the battery module
31299
Top
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
26 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 27
Dimensions
729 mm(287 in)
749 mm(295 in)
Oslash 55 mmOslash (0217 in)
2x R28 mm2x R(011 in)
376 mm(148 in)
937 mm (369 in)
1057 mm(416 in)
531 mm(209 in)
109 mm(043 in)
31300
742 mm(292 in)
864 mm(340 in)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
28 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Environment and Enclosure Information
ATTENTION
Environment and Enclosure
This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating
This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance
This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications
See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 (Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines) for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 29
European Hazardous Location Approval
European Zone 2 Certification
This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as
defined by European Union Directive 949EC
The LCIE (Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques) certifies that
this equipment has been found to comply with the Essential Health and
Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3
equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in
Annex II to this Directive The examination and test results are recorded in
confidential report No 28 682 010
Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been
assured by compliance with EN 50021
IMPORTANT bull This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation
bull The secondary of a current transformer shall not be open-circuited when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull Equipment of lesser Enclosure Type Rating must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley
bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
30 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations
Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux
Products marked ldquoCL I DIV 2 GP A B C Drdquo are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest ldquoTrdquo number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation
Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent qursquoagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque drsquoidentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons drsquoeacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de lrsquoinstallation
WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARDbull Do not disconnect
equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous
bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product
bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2
bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous
AVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSIONbull Couper le courant ou
srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement
bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit
bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2
bull Srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 31
Additional ManualsThis product has the following manuals
bull Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001
bull Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication
1756-RM003
bull ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756-UM001
If you want to Then
view a manual Visit either of these locations
bull wwwabcommanuals
bull wwwtheautomationbookstorecom
download a manual
purchase a printed manual
Use one of these options
bull contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative
bull visit wwwtheautomationbookstorecom and place an order
bull call 8009639548 (USACanada) or 0013207251574 (outside USACanada)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Black amp White Printing
Color Printing
Color Printing
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 21
IMPORTANT If the BAT LED turns on when you apply power to the
controller the battery life may be less then the table
below indicates Some of the battery life may have been
used up while the controller was off and unable to turn
on the BAT LED
Table 1 Worst-case estimates of life for the 1756-BATA battery
Controller Temp Time before BAT LED turns on Time after BAT LED turns on and then power off 100
Power off 100
Power off 50
Yearly decrease
1756-L55M12
1756-L55M13
60deg C 190 days 396 days 11 190 days
25deg C 299 days 562 days 5 299 days
0deg C 268 days 562 days 6 268 days
1756-L55M14 60deg C 130 days 270 days 11 139 days
25deg C 213 days 391 days 5 228 days
0deg C 180 days 381 days 6 193 days
1756-L55M16 60deg C 71 days 160 days 13 76 days
25deg C 133 days 253 days 5 142 days
0deg C 105 days 220 days 6 112 days
1756-L55M221756-L55M23
Use the values for the 1756-L55M13 controller
1756-L55M24 Use the values for the 1756-L55M14 controller
1756-L61
1756-L621756-L63
60deg C 98 days 204 days 11 104 days
25deg C 146 days 268 days 5 157 days
0deg C 105 days 222 days 6 113 days
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
22 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Specifications
Description Value
Supply Power input power 15 mA max 51V dc
output power 20 mA max 36V dc
Maximum Continuous Discharge Current
20 mA
Operating Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)
bull 0deg to 60deg C (32 to 140deg F)
Storage Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Un-packaged Non-operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Un-packaged Non-operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Un-packaged Non-operating Thermal Shock)
bull le30degC (86degF)
Relative Humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Un-packaged Non-operating Damp Heat)
operating 5 to 95 non-condensing
storage le30
Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)bull 2g 10-500Hz
Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
30g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 23
Non-Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
50g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Emissions CISPR 11bull Group 1 Class A
ESD Immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 6kV contact dischargesbull 8kV air discharges
Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 80MHz
to 2000MHz
Enclosure Type Rating None (open-style)
Cable 1 m
category 3(1)
Replacement Battery Assembly
1756-BATA (10g lithium)
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
24 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Certifications
(when product is marked)
UR UL Recognized Component Industrial Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations
CE(2) European Union 89336EEC EMC Directive compliant with
bull EN 50082-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61326 MeasControlLab
Industrial Requirementsbull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial
Emissions
C-Tick(2) Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with
bull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions
EEx(2) European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with
bull EN 50021 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection ldquonrdquo (Zone 2)
(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication 1770-41 ldquoIndustrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelinesrdquo
(2) See the Product Certification link at wwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 25
Mounting TemplateCut out the following template and use it to mark the holes for the mounting
tabs of the battery module
31299
Top
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
26 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 27
Dimensions
729 mm(287 in)
749 mm(295 in)
Oslash 55 mmOslash (0217 in)
2x R28 mm2x R(011 in)
376 mm(148 in)
937 mm (369 in)
1057 mm(416 in)
531 mm(209 in)
109 mm(043 in)
31300
742 mm(292 in)
864 mm(340 in)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
28 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Environment and Enclosure Information
ATTENTION
Environment and Enclosure
This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating
This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance
This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications
See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 (Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines) for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 29
European Hazardous Location Approval
European Zone 2 Certification
This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as
defined by European Union Directive 949EC
The LCIE (Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques) certifies that
this equipment has been found to comply with the Essential Health and
Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3
equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in
Annex II to this Directive The examination and test results are recorded in
confidential report No 28 682 010
Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been
assured by compliance with EN 50021
IMPORTANT bull This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation
bull The secondary of a current transformer shall not be open-circuited when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull Equipment of lesser Enclosure Type Rating must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley
bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
30 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations
Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux
Products marked ldquoCL I DIV 2 GP A B C Drdquo are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest ldquoTrdquo number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation
Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent qursquoagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque drsquoidentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons drsquoeacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de lrsquoinstallation
WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARDbull Do not disconnect
equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous
bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product
bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2
bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous
AVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSIONbull Couper le courant ou
srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement
bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit
bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2
bull Srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 31
Additional ManualsThis product has the following manuals
bull Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001
bull Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication
1756-RM003
bull ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756-UM001
If you want to Then
view a manual Visit either of these locations
bull wwwabcommanuals
bull wwwtheautomationbookstorecom
download a manual
purchase a printed manual
Use one of these options
bull contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative
bull visit wwwtheautomationbookstorecom and place an order
bull call 8009639548 (USACanada) or 0013207251574 (outside USACanada)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Black amp White Printing
Color Printing
Color Printing
22 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Specifications
Description Value
Supply Power input power 15 mA max 51V dc
output power 20 mA max 36V dc
Maximum Continuous Discharge Current
20 mA
Operating Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ad Operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bd Operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock)
bull 0deg to 60deg C (32 to 140deg F)
Storage Temperature IEC 60068-2-1 (Test Ab Un-packaged Non-operating Cold)IEC 60068-2-2 (Test Bb Un-packaged Non-operating Dry Heat)IEC 60068-2-14 (Test Na Un-packaged Non-operating Thermal Shock)
bull le30degC (86degF)
Relative Humidity IEC 60068-2-30 (Test Db Un-packaged Non-operating Damp Heat)
operating 5 to 95 non-condensing
storage le30
Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 (Test Fc Operating)bull 2g 10-500Hz
Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
30g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 23
Non-Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
50g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Emissions CISPR 11bull Group 1 Class A
ESD Immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 6kV contact dischargesbull 8kV air discharges
Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 80MHz
to 2000MHz
Enclosure Type Rating None (open-style)
Cable 1 m
category 3(1)
Replacement Battery Assembly
1756-BATA (10g lithium)
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
24 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Certifications
(when product is marked)
UR UL Recognized Component Industrial Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations
CE(2) European Union 89336EEC EMC Directive compliant with
bull EN 50082-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61326 MeasControlLab
Industrial Requirementsbull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial
Emissions
C-Tick(2) Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with
bull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions
EEx(2) European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with
bull EN 50021 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection ldquonrdquo (Zone 2)
(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication 1770-41 ldquoIndustrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelinesrdquo
(2) See the Product Certification link at wwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 25
Mounting TemplateCut out the following template and use it to mark the holes for the mounting
tabs of the battery module
31299
Top
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
26 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 27
Dimensions
729 mm(287 in)
749 mm(295 in)
Oslash 55 mmOslash (0217 in)
2x R28 mm2x R(011 in)
376 mm(148 in)
937 mm (369 in)
1057 mm(416 in)
531 mm(209 in)
109 mm(043 in)
31300
742 mm(292 in)
864 mm(340 in)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
28 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Environment and Enclosure Information
ATTENTION
Environment and Enclosure
This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating
This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance
This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications
See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 (Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines) for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 29
European Hazardous Location Approval
European Zone 2 Certification
This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as
defined by European Union Directive 949EC
The LCIE (Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques) certifies that
this equipment has been found to comply with the Essential Health and
Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3
equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in
Annex II to this Directive The examination and test results are recorded in
confidential report No 28 682 010
Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been
assured by compliance with EN 50021
IMPORTANT bull This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation
bull The secondary of a current transformer shall not be open-circuited when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull Equipment of lesser Enclosure Type Rating must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley
bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
30 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations
Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux
Products marked ldquoCL I DIV 2 GP A B C Drdquo are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest ldquoTrdquo number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation
Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent qursquoagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque drsquoidentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons drsquoeacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de lrsquoinstallation
WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARDbull Do not disconnect
equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous
bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product
bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2
bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous
AVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSIONbull Couper le courant ou
srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement
bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit
bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2
bull Srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 31
Additional ManualsThis product has the following manuals
bull Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001
bull Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication
1756-RM003
bull ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756-UM001
If you want to Then
view a manual Visit either of these locations
bull wwwabcommanuals
bull wwwtheautomationbookstorecom
download a manual
purchase a printed manual
Use one of these options
bull contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative
bull visit wwwtheautomationbookstorecom and place an order
bull call 8009639548 (USACanada) or 0013207251574 (outside USACanada)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Black amp White Printing
Color Printing
Color Printing
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 23
Non-Operating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 (Test Ea Unpackaged Shock)
panel mounted
50g
DIN rail mounted
15g
Emissions CISPR 11bull Group 1 Class A
ESD Immunity IEC 61000-4-2bull 6kV contact dischargesbull 8kV air discharges
Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000-4-3bull 10Vm with 1kHz sine-wave 80AM from 80MHz
to 2000MHz
Enclosure Type Rating None (open-style)
Cable 1 m
category 3(1)
Replacement Battery Assembly
1756-BATA (10g lithium)
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
24 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Certifications
(when product is marked)
UR UL Recognized Component Industrial Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations
CE(2) European Union 89336EEC EMC Directive compliant with
bull EN 50082-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61326 MeasControlLab
Industrial Requirementsbull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial
Emissions
C-Tick(2) Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with
bull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions
EEx(2) European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with
bull EN 50021 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection ldquonrdquo (Zone 2)
(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication 1770-41 ldquoIndustrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelinesrdquo
(2) See the Product Certification link at wwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 25
Mounting TemplateCut out the following template and use it to mark the holes for the mounting
tabs of the battery module
31299
Top
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
26 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 27
Dimensions
729 mm(287 in)
749 mm(295 in)
Oslash 55 mmOslash (0217 in)
2x R28 mm2x R(011 in)
376 mm(148 in)
937 mm (369 in)
1057 mm(416 in)
531 mm(209 in)
109 mm(043 in)
31300
742 mm(292 in)
864 mm(340 in)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
28 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Environment and Enclosure Information
ATTENTION
Environment and Enclosure
This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating
This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance
This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications
See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 (Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines) for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 29
European Hazardous Location Approval
European Zone 2 Certification
This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as
defined by European Union Directive 949EC
The LCIE (Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques) certifies that
this equipment has been found to comply with the Essential Health and
Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3
equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in
Annex II to this Directive The examination and test results are recorded in
confidential report No 28 682 010
Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been
assured by compliance with EN 50021
IMPORTANT bull This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation
bull The secondary of a current transformer shall not be open-circuited when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull Equipment of lesser Enclosure Type Rating must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley
bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
30 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations
Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux
Products marked ldquoCL I DIV 2 GP A B C Drdquo are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest ldquoTrdquo number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation
Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent qursquoagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque drsquoidentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons drsquoeacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de lrsquoinstallation
WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARDbull Do not disconnect
equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous
bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product
bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2
bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous
AVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSIONbull Couper le courant ou
srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement
bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit
bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2
bull Srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 31
Additional ManualsThis product has the following manuals
bull Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001
bull Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication
1756-RM003
bull ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756-UM001
If you want to Then
view a manual Visit either of these locations
bull wwwabcommanuals
bull wwwtheautomationbookstorecom
download a manual
purchase a printed manual
Use one of these options
bull contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative
bull visit wwwtheautomationbookstorecom and place an order
bull call 8009639548 (USACanada) or 0013207251574 (outside USACanada)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Black amp White Printing
Color Printing
Color Printing
24 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Certifications
(when product is marked)
UR UL Recognized Component Industrial Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment
CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class I Division 2 Group ABCD Hazardous Locations
CE(2) European Union 89336EEC EMC Directive compliant with
bull EN 50082-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61326 MeasControlLab
Industrial Requirementsbull EN 61000-6-2 Industrial Immunitybull EN 61000-6-4 Industrial
Emissions
C-Tick(2) Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with
bull ASNZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions
EEx(2) European Union 949EC ATEX Directive compliant with
bull EN 50021 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection ldquonrdquo (Zone 2)
(1) Use this Conductor Category information for planning conductor routing Refer to Publication 1770-41 ldquoIndustrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelinesrdquo
(2) See the Product Certification link at wwwabcom for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details
Description Value
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 25
Mounting TemplateCut out the following template and use it to mark the holes for the mounting
tabs of the battery module
31299
Top
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
26 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 27
Dimensions
729 mm(287 in)
749 mm(295 in)
Oslash 55 mmOslash (0217 in)
2x R28 mm2x R(011 in)
376 mm(148 in)
937 mm (369 in)
1057 mm(416 in)
531 mm(209 in)
109 mm(043 in)
31300
742 mm(292 in)
864 mm(340 in)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
28 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Environment and Enclosure Information
ATTENTION
Environment and Enclosure
This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating
This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance
This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications
See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 (Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines) for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 29
European Hazardous Location Approval
European Zone 2 Certification
This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as
defined by European Union Directive 949EC
The LCIE (Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques) certifies that
this equipment has been found to comply with the Essential Health and
Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3
equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in
Annex II to this Directive The examination and test results are recorded in
confidential report No 28 682 010
Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been
assured by compliance with EN 50021
IMPORTANT bull This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation
bull The secondary of a current transformer shall not be open-circuited when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull Equipment of lesser Enclosure Type Rating must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley
bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
30 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations
Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux
Products marked ldquoCL I DIV 2 GP A B C Drdquo are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest ldquoTrdquo number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation
Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent qursquoagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque drsquoidentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons drsquoeacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de lrsquoinstallation
WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARDbull Do not disconnect
equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous
bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product
bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2
bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous
AVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSIONbull Couper le courant ou
srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement
bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit
bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2
bull Srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 31
Additional ManualsThis product has the following manuals
bull Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001
bull Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication
1756-RM003
bull ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756-UM001
If you want to Then
view a manual Visit either of these locations
bull wwwabcommanuals
bull wwwtheautomationbookstorecom
download a manual
purchase a printed manual
Use one of these options
bull contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative
bull visit wwwtheautomationbookstorecom and place an order
bull call 8009639548 (USACanada) or 0013207251574 (outside USACanada)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Black amp White Printing
Color Printing
Color Printing
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 25
Mounting TemplateCut out the following template and use it to mark the holes for the mounting
tabs of the battery module
31299
Top
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
26 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 27
Dimensions
729 mm(287 in)
749 mm(295 in)
Oslash 55 mmOslash (0217 in)
2x R28 mm2x R(011 in)
376 mm(148 in)
937 mm (369 in)
1057 mm(416 in)
531 mm(209 in)
109 mm(043 in)
31300
742 mm(292 in)
864 mm(340 in)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
28 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Environment and Enclosure Information
ATTENTION
Environment and Enclosure
This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating
This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance
This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications
See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 (Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines) for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 29
European Hazardous Location Approval
European Zone 2 Certification
This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as
defined by European Union Directive 949EC
The LCIE (Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques) certifies that
this equipment has been found to comply with the Essential Health and
Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3
equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in
Annex II to this Directive The examination and test results are recorded in
confidential report No 28 682 010
Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been
assured by compliance with EN 50021
IMPORTANT bull This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation
bull The secondary of a current transformer shall not be open-circuited when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull Equipment of lesser Enclosure Type Rating must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley
bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
30 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations
Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux
Products marked ldquoCL I DIV 2 GP A B C Drdquo are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest ldquoTrdquo number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation
Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent qursquoagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque drsquoidentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons drsquoeacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de lrsquoinstallation
WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARDbull Do not disconnect
equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous
bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product
bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2
bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous
AVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSIONbull Couper le courant ou
srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement
bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit
bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2
bull Srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 31
Additional ManualsThis product has the following manuals
bull Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001
bull Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication
1756-RM003
bull ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756-UM001
If you want to Then
view a manual Visit either of these locations
bull wwwabcommanuals
bull wwwtheautomationbookstorecom
download a manual
purchase a printed manual
Use one of these options
bull contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative
bull visit wwwtheautomationbookstorecom and place an order
bull call 8009639548 (USACanada) or 0013207251574 (outside USACanada)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Black amp White Printing
Color Printing
Color Printing
26 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 27
Dimensions
729 mm(287 in)
749 mm(295 in)
Oslash 55 mmOslash (0217 in)
2x R28 mm2x R(011 in)
376 mm(148 in)
937 mm (369 in)
1057 mm(416 in)
531 mm(209 in)
109 mm(043 in)
31300
742 mm(292 in)
864 mm(340 in)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
28 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Environment and Enclosure Information
ATTENTION
Environment and Enclosure
This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating
This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance
This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications
See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 (Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines) for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 29
European Hazardous Location Approval
European Zone 2 Certification
This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as
defined by European Union Directive 949EC
The LCIE (Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques) certifies that
this equipment has been found to comply with the Essential Health and
Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3
equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in
Annex II to this Directive The examination and test results are recorded in
confidential report No 28 682 010
Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been
assured by compliance with EN 50021
IMPORTANT bull This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation
bull The secondary of a current transformer shall not be open-circuited when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull Equipment of lesser Enclosure Type Rating must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley
bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
30 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations
Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux
Products marked ldquoCL I DIV 2 GP A B C Drdquo are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest ldquoTrdquo number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation
Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent qursquoagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque drsquoidentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons drsquoeacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de lrsquoinstallation
WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARDbull Do not disconnect
equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous
bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product
bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2
bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous
AVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSIONbull Couper le courant ou
srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement
bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit
bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2
bull Srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 31
Additional ManualsThis product has the following manuals
bull Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001
bull Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication
1756-RM003
bull ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756-UM001
If you want to Then
view a manual Visit either of these locations
bull wwwabcommanuals
bull wwwtheautomationbookstorecom
download a manual
purchase a printed manual
Use one of these options
bull contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative
bull visit wwwtheautomationbookstorecom and place an order
bull call 8009639548 (USACanada) or 0013207251574 (outside USACanada)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Black amp White Printing
Color Printing
Color Printing
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 27
Dimensions
729 mm(287 in)
749 mm(295 in)
Oslash 55 mmOslash (0217 in)
2x R28 mm2x R(011 in)
376 mm(148 in)
937 mm (369 in)
1057 mm(416 in)
531 mm(209 in)
109 mm(043 in)
31300
742 mm(292 in)
864 mm(340 in)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
28 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Environment and Enclosure Information
ATTENTION
Environment and Enclosure
This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating
This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance
This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications
See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 (Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines) for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 29
European Hazardous Location Approval
European Zone 2 Certification
This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as
defined by European Union Directive 949EC
The LCIE (Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques) certifies that
this equipment has been found to comply with the Essential Health and
Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3
equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in
Annex II to this Directive The examination and test results are recorded in
confidential report No 28 682 010
Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been
assured by compliance with EN 50021
IMPORTANT bull This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation
bull The secondary of a current transformer shall not be open-circuited when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull Equipment of lesser Enclosure Type Rating must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley
bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
30 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations
Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux
Products marked ldquoCL I DIV 2 GP A B C Drdquo are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest ldquoTrdquo number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation
Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent qursquoagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque drsquoidentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons drsquoeacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de lrsquoinstallation
WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARDbull Do not disconnect
equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous
bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product
bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2
bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous
AVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSIONbull Couper le courant ou
srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement
bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit
bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2
bull Srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 31
Additional ManualsThis product has the following manuals
bull Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001
bull Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication
1756-RM003
bull ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756-UM001
If you want to Then
view a manual Visit either of these locations
bull wwwabcommanuals
bull wwwtheautomationbookstorecom
download a manual
purchase a printed manual
Use one of these options
bull contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative
bull visit wwwtheautomationbookstorecom and place an order
bull call 8009639548 (USACanada) or 0013207251574 (outside USACanada)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Black amp White Printing
Color Printing
Color Printing
28 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
Environment and Enclosure Information
ATTENTION
Environment and Enclosure
This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in overvoltage Category II applications (as defined in IEC publication 60664-1) at altitudes up to 2000 meters without derating
This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IECCISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted as well as radiated disturbance
This equipment is supplied as open type equipment It must be mounted within an enclosure that is suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to comply with certain product safety certifications
See NEMA Standards publication 250 and IEC publication 60529 as applicable for explanations of the degrees of protection provided by different types of enclosure Also see the appropriate sections in this publication as well as the Allen-Bradley publication 1770-41 (Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines) for additional installation requirements pertaining to this equipment
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 29
European Hazardous Location Approval
European Zone 2 Certification
This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as
defined by European Union Directive 949EC
The LCIE (Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques) certifies that
this equipment has been found to comply with the Essential Health and
Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3
equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in
Annex II to this Directive The examination and test results are recorded in
confidential report No 28 682 010
Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been
assured by compliance with EN 50021
IMPORTANT bull This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation
bull The secondary of a current transformer shall not be open-circuited when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull Equipment of lesser Enclosure Type Rating must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley
bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
30 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations
Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux
Products marked ldquoCL I DIV 2 GP A B C Drdquo are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest ldquoTrdquo number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation
Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent qursquoagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque drsquoidentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons drsquoeacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de lrsquoinstallation
WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARDbull Do not disconnect
equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous
bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product
bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2
bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous
AVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSIONbull Couper le courant ou
srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement
bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit
bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2
bull Srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 31
Additional ManualsThis product has the following manuals
bull Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001
bull Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication
1756-RM003
bull ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756-UM001
If you want to Then
view a manual Visit either of these locations
bull wwwabcommanuals
bull wwwtheautomationbookstorecom
download a manual
purchase a printed manual
Use one of these options
bull contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative
bull visit wwwtheautomationbookstorecom and place an order
bull call 8009639548 (USACanada) or 0013207251574 (outside USACanada)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Black amp White Printing
Color Printing
Color Printing
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 29
European Hazardous Location Approval
European Zone 2 Certification
This equipment is intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres as
defined by European Union Directive 949EC
The LCIE (Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques) certifies that
this equipment has been found to comply with the Essential Health and
Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of Category 3
equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in
Annex II to this Directive The examination and test results are recorded in
confidential report No 28 682 010
Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements has been
assured by compliance with EN 50021
IMPORTANT bull This equipment is not resistant to sunlight or other sources of UV radiation
bull The secondary of a current transformer shall not be open-circuited when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull Equipment of lesser Enclosure Type Rating must be installed in an enclosure providing at least IP54 protection when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
bull This equipment shall be used within its specified ratings defined by Allen-Bradley
bull Provision shall be made to prevent the rated voltage from being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 when applied in Class I Zone 2 environments
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
30 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations
Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux
Products marked ldquoCL I DIV 2 GP A B C Drdquo are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest ldquoTrdquo number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation
Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent qursquoagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque drsquoidentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons drsquoeacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de lrsquoinstallation
WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARDbull Do not disconnect
equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous
bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product
bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2
bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous
AVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSIONbull Couper le courant ou
srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement
bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit
bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2
bull Srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 31
Additional ManualsThis product has the following manuals
bull Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001
bull Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication
1756-RM003
bull ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756-UM001
If you want to Then
view a manual Visit either of these locations
bull wwwabcommanuals
bull wwwtheautomationbookstorecom
download a manual
purchase a printed manual
Use one of these options
bull contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative
bull visit wwwtheautomationbookstorecom and place an order
bull call 8009639548 (USACanada) or 0013207251574 (outside USACanada)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Black amp White Printing
Color Printing
Color Printing
30 ControlLogixreg Battery Module
North American Hazardous Location ApprovalThe following information applies when operating this equipment in hazardous locations
Informations sur lrsquoutilisation de cet eacutequipement en environnements dangereux
Products marked ldquoCL I DIV 2 GP A B C Drdquo are suitable for use in Class I Division 2 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations and nonhazardous locations only Each product is supplied with markings on the rating nameplate indicating the hazardous location temperature code When combining products within a system the most adverse temperature code (lowest ldquoTrdquo number) may be used to help determine the overall temperature code of the system Combinations of equipment in your system are subject to investigation by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction at the time of installation
Les produits marqueacutes CL I DIV 2 GP A B C D ne conviennent qursquoagrave une utilisation en environnements de Classe I Division 2 Groupes A B C D dangereux et non dangereux Chaque produit est livreacute avec des marquages sur sa plaque drsquoidentification qui indiquent le code de tempeacuterature pour les environnements dangereux Lorsque plusieurs produits sont combineacutes dans un systegraveme le code de tempeacuterature le plus deacutefavorable (code de tempeacuterature le plus faible) peut ecirctre utiliseacute pour deacuteterminer le code de tempeacuterature global du systegraveme Les combinaisons drsquoeacutequipements dans le systegraveme sont sujettes agrave inspection par les autoriteacutes locales qualifieacutees au moment de lrsquoinstallation
WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARDbull Do not disconnect
equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous
bull Do not disconnect connections to this equipment unless power has been removed or the area is known to be nonhazardous Secure any external connections that mate to this equipment by using screws sliding latches threaded connectors or other means provided with this product
bull Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2
bull If this product contains batteries they must only be changed in an area known to be nonhazardous
AVERTISSEMENT
RISQUE DrsquoEXPLOSIONbull Couper le courant ou
srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher leacutequipement
bull Couper le courant ou sassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de deacutebrancher les connecteurs Fixer tous les connecteurs externes relieacutes agrave cet eacutequipement agrave laide de vis loquets coulissants connecteurs fileteacutes ou autres moyens fournis avec ce produit
bull La substitution de composants peut rendre cet eacutequipement inadapteacute agrave une utilisation en environnement de Classe I Division 2
bull Srsquoassurer que lrsquoenvironnement est classeacute non dangereux avant de changer les piles
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 31
Additional ManualsThis product has the following manuals
bull Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001
bull Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication
1756-RM003
bull ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756-UM001
If you want to Then
view a manual Visit either of these locations
bull wwwabcommanuals
bull wwwtheautomationbookstorecom
download a manual
purchase a printed manual
Use one of these options
bull contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative
bull visit wwwtheautomationbookstorecom and place an order
bull call 8009639548 (USACanada) or 0013207251574 (outside USACanada)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Black amp White Printing
Color Printing
Color Printing
ControlLogixreg Battery Module 31
Additional ManualsThis product has the following manuals
bull Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures publication 1756-PM001
bull Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication
1756-RM003
bull ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756-UM001
If you want to Then
view a manual Visit either of these locations
bull wwwabcommanuals
bull wwwtheautomationbookstorecom
download a manual
purchase a printed manual
Use one of these options
bull contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative
bull visit wwwtheautomationbookstorecom and place an order
bull call 8009639548 (USACanada) or 0013207251574 (outside USACanada)
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Black amp White Printing
Color Printing
Color Printing
Rockwell Automation SupportRockwell Automation provides technical information on the web to assist you in using
our products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical
manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and
links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to
make the best use of these tools
For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and
troubleshooting we offer TechConnect Support programs For more information
contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit
httpsupportrockwellautomationcom
Installation AssistanceIf you experience a problem with a hardware module within the first 24 hours of
installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also
contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your module up
and running
New Product Satisfaction ReturnRockwell tests all of our products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped
from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs
to be returned
United States 14406463223 Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues
United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (see phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process
Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for return
procedure
Back Cover
Publication 1756-IN576B-EN-P - September 2003 PN 957707-29Supersedes Publication 1756-IN576A-EN-P - December 2001 Copyright copy 2003 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
Publication Type and Print Category
Publication Type
Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below)
JIT Spec (See table below)
Description
Order Min
Order Max
Life Cycle Usage Release Option
AD
NA - Puttman
NA
Advertisement Reprint Colour
NA
NA
Presale Internal
AP
A3
D2
Application Solution or Customer Success Story
5
100
Presale External
AR
NA
NA
ArticleEditorialByline
NA
NA
Presale Internal
(press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
AT
B3 B4
D5
Application techniques
5
100
Presale External
BR
A2 Primary A1
NA
Brochures
5
100
Presale External
CA
C2 Primary C1
NA
Catalogue
1
50
Presale External
CG
NA
NA
Catalogue Guide
1
50
Presale External
CL
NA
NA
Collection
5
50
Presale External
CO
A5 A6 A9
D5
Company Confidential Information
NA
NA
NA Confidential
CP
E-only
E-only D5
Competitive Information
5
50
NA Confidential
DC
E-only
E-only
Discount Schedules
NA
NA
Presale Internal
DI
A1 A3
NA
Direct Mail
5
100
Presale Internal
DM
NA
NA
Product Demo
5
50
Presale Internal
DS
B3
D5
Dimensions Sheet
1
5
Post External
DU
B3
D5
Document Update
1
5
Post External
GR
B2
D6
Getting Results
1
5
Post External
IN
B3 Primary B2
D5 D6
Installation instructions
1
5
Post External
LM
NA
NA
Launch Materials
5
50
Presale Internal
PC
B3
D5
Packaging Contents
PL
E-only primary B3
E-only
Price List
5
50
Presale Internal
PM
B2
D6
Programming Manual
1
5
Post External
PP
A3
D1
Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type
5
100
Presale External
QR
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Reference
1
5
Post External
QS
B2 primary B3 B5
D5 D6
Quick Start
1
5
Post External
RM
B2
D5 D6
Reference Manual
1
5
Post External
RN
B3
D5
Release Notes
1
5
Post External
SG
B1 Primary B4
D5 D6
Selection Guide Colour
5
50
Presale External
SG
B2
D5 D6
Selection Guide BW
5
50
Presale External
SP
A1 A2 A3 A4
NA
Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type
5
100
Presale Internal
SR
B2 B3
D5 D6
Specification Rating Sheet
5
100
Presale External
TD
B2 Primary B3 B4 B5
D5 D6
Technical Data
5
50
Presale External
TG
B2 B3
D6
Troubleshooting Guide
1
5
Post External
UM
B2 Primary B4
D6
User Manual BW
1
5
Post External
WD
B3
D5
Wiring Diagrams Dwgs
1
5
Post Internal
WP
B3 Primary B5
D5
White Paper
5
50
Presale External
Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
Publication length
Minimum Order Quantity
77 or more pages
1 (no shrink wrap required)
33 to 76 pages
25
3 to 32 pages
50
1 or 2 pages
100
Pre-sale Marketing
All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
A1
4 color
170 gsm 2pp
100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
A2
4 color
170 gsm folded 4pp
100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A3
4 color
Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A4
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
A5
2 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A6
1 color
170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk
80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
A7
4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide
Category being deleted
10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
A8
4 color cover
Category being deleted
50 matte sheet text self cover
2 color text
Selection Guide
A9
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Selection Guide
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Post Sale Technical Communication
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
B1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
50 matte sheet text
B2
1 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B3
1 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
B4
2 color
160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond
90 Cover50 matte sheet text
B5
2 color
100gsm bond
50 matte sheet text self cover
Catalogs
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
C1
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
4 color text
45 Coated Sheet
C2
4 color cover
270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk
10 Point Cover C2S
2 color text
32-33 Coated Sheet
JIT POD
All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
Category
Color Options
AP EMEA Paper Requirements
Canada LA US Paper Requirements
D1
4 color
170gsm white silk
80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
D2
4 color
120gsm white silk
80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
D3
4 color
Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm
80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
D4
1 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D5
1 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D6
1 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D7
2 color
160gsm tab
90 index
D8
2 color
80gsm bond
20 bond self cover
D9
2 color
Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond
90 index 20 bond
D10
Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body
Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm
90 index 20 bond
Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
Just In Time (JIT) or Off Set (OS)
Use these guidelines to determine if your publication should be JIT (just in timeprint on demand) or if it would be more economical to print OS (offseton a press) OS print jobs require an RFQ (Request For Quote) in US If your job fits into the ldquoEitherrdquo category an RFQ is recommended but not required In the US RA Strategic Sourcing will discourage or reject RFQs for jobs that fall within the JIT category Guidelines differ for black amp white and color printing so be sure to check the correct tables
Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief80 character limit - must match DocMan Title
825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std)
PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound)
A4
BOTTOM
SIDE
Used in Manufacturing
YES
YES or NO - If Yes must have Part No listed below
825rdquo x 10875rdquo
STAPLED1 -1 position
A3
Part Number
PN 957707-29
If SAP Part Number be sure to enter PN- before the number
7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std)
STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
A5
(required) Category
D5
Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Category Types tab
6rdquo x 4rdquo
STAPLED2 - 2 positions
A6
Paper Stock Color
white
White is assumed For color options contact your vendor
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound)
A7
Ink Color
black
One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number here
475rdquo x 775rdquo
THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline)
A8
(required) Page Count ofPublication
32
Total page count including cover Enter PAGE count not SHEET count
475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size)
A9
(required) Finished Trim Size Width
55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size)
This is sheet size before folding
425 x 550
Post Sale Technical Communication
Fold
None
Review key below Leave blank if folded for saddle stitching
4rdquo x 6rdquo
B1
Finished Fold Size
This is size after folding is completed
3rdquo x 5rdquo
B2
BindingStitching
STAPLED1 -1 position
Review key below
9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder)
B3
None
Stitching Location
CORNER
Blank Corner or Side
A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm)
B4
Half or V or Single Fold
Drill Hole (YesNo)
NO
All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border
A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm)
B5
C or Tri-Fold
Number of Tabs Needed
5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley
36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
Catalogs
DbleParll
Number of Pages per Pad
Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max
24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster
C1
Sample
Glue Location on Pad
Glue location on pads
18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster
C2
Short (must specify dimensions between folds in Comments)
(required) Business Group
Marketing Commercial
As entered in DocMan
JITPOD
Z or Accordian Fold
(required) Cost Center
19134 - IA
If your Business Unit is Marketing Commercial add the appropriate division name after 19134 using the chart on the right All other Business Units Enter only the number as in DocMan no description Example - 19021
19134 - Commerc 19134 - OEM 19134 - Compone 19134 - Power C19134 - Global 19134 - Process 19134 - IA 19134 - Service 19134 - IMC 19134 - Safety 19134 - Industr 19134 - Softwar19134 - Mkt Dig 19134 - US Marke
D1
Microfold or French Fold - designate no of folds in Comments - intended for single sheet only to be put in box for manufacturing
Comments
D2
Double Gate
FoldsHalf V Single C or TriDble ParllZ or Accordian Microfold or FrenchDouble Gate Short Fold
Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 4Note Stitching is implied for Saddle-Stitch -no need to specify in Stitching Location80 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)70 pgs min for spine without words200 pgs min for spine with words Plastcoil Bound Items530 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)
